Part Number Hot Search : 
AT54S 2N9012 ILX551 LBT13101 10ABQ8 D1157 PE33143 CONTROL
Product Description
Full Text Search
 

To Download MB86296 Datasheet File

  If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .  
 
 


  Datasheet File OCR Text:
 MB86296S >
PCI Graphics Controller Specification
Revision 0.1 17th Mar,200 4
Copyright (c) FUJITSU LIMITED 2003-2004
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

*
The specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice. Contact our Sales Department before purchasing the product described in this manual.
*
Information and circuit diagrams in this manual are only examples of device applications, they are not intended to be used in actual equipment. Also, Fujitsu accepts no responsibility for infringement of patents or other rights owned by third parties caused by use of the information and circuit diagrams.
* *
The contents of this manual must not be reprinted or duplicated without permission of Fujitsu.
Fujitsu's semiconductor devices are intended for standard uses (such as office equipment (computers and OA equipment), industrial/communications/measuring equipment, and personal/home equipment). Customers using semiconductor devices for special applications (including aerospace, nuclear, military and medical applications) in which a failure or malfunction might endanger life or limb and which require extremely high reliability must contact our Sales Department first. If damage is caused by such use of our semiconductor devices without first consulting our Sales Department, Fujitsu will not assume any responsibility for the loss. Semiconductor devices fail with a known probability. Customers must use safety design (such as redundant design, fireproof design, over-current prevention design, and malfunction prevention design) so that failures will not cause accidents, injury or death).
*
If the products described in this manual fall within the goods or technologies regulated by the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law, permission must be obtained before exporting the goods or technologies.
*
CAUTION Burns There is a danger of burns because the IC surface is heated
depending on the IC operating conditions. In this case, take safety measures.
All Rights Reserved The contents of this document are subject to change without notice. Customers are advised to consult with FUJITSU sales representatives before ordering. The information and circuit diagrams in this document are presented as examples of semiconductor device applications, and are not intended to be incorporated in devices for actual use. Also, FUJITSU is unable to assume responsibility for infringement of any patent rights or other rights of third parties arising from the use of this information or circuit diagrams. The products described in this document are designed, developed and manufactured as contemplated for general use, including without limitation, ordinary industrial use, general office use, personal use, and household use, but are not designed, developed and manufactured as contemplated (1) for use accompanying fatal risks or dangers that, unless extremely high safety is secured, could have a serious effect to the public, and could lead directly to death, personal injury, severe physical damage or other loss (i.e., nuclear reaction control in nuclear facility, aircraft flight control, air traffic control, mass transport control, medical life support system, missile launch control in weapon system), or (2) for use requiring extremely high reliability (i.e., submersible repeater and artificial satellite). Please note that Fujitsu will not be liable against you and/or any third party for any claims or damages arising in connection with above-mentioned uses of the products. Any semiconductor devices have an inherent chance of failure. You must protect against injury, damage or loss from such failures by incorporating safety design measures into your facility and equipment such as redundancy, fire protection, and prevention of over-current levels and other abnormal operating conditions. If any products described in this document represent goods or technologies subject to certain restrictions on export under the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law of Japan, the prior authorization by Japanese government will be required for export of those products from Japan.
ii
Update history
Date
17.3.2004
Version Page count
0.1 347
Change
First edition (update from Coral-P specification)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
iii
1. GENERAL
CONTENTS
2. PINS
1.1 Preface ........................................................................................................................................... 1 1.2 Features ......................................................................................................................................... 2 1.3 Block Diagram ................................................................................................................................ 3 1.4 Functional Overview....................................................................................................................... 4 1.4.1 Host CPU interface .................................................................................................................. 4 1.4.2 External memory interface ....................................................................................................... 5 1.4.3 Display controller...................................................................................................................... 6 1.4.4 Video capture function.............................................................................................................. 8 1.4.5 Geometry processing ............................................................................................................... 9 1.4.6 2D Drawing............................................................................................................................. 10 1.4.7 3D Drawing............................................................................................................................. 12 1.4.8 Special effects ........................................................................................................................ 13 1.4.9 Others..................................................................................................................................... 15 2.1 Signals.......................................................................................................................................... 16 2.1.1 Signal lines ............................................................................................................................. 16 2.2 Pin Assignment............................................................................................................................. 17 2.2.1 Pin assignment diagram......................................................................................................... 17 2.2.2 Pin assignment table.............................................................................................................. 18 2.3 Pin Function.................................................................................................................................. 26 2.3.1 Host CPU interface ................................................................................................................ 26 2.3.2 Video output interface ............................................................................................................ 28 2.3.3 Video capture interface .......................................................................................................... 30 2.3.4 I2C interface............................................................................................................................ 31 2.3.5 Graphics memory interface.................................................................................................... 32 2.3.6 Clock input.............................................................................................................................. 33 2.3.7 Test pins ................................................................................................................................. 34 2.3.8 Reset sequence ..................................................................................................................... 34 2.3.9 How to switch internal operating frequency ........................................................................... 34 3.1. Hardware reset ............................................................................................................................. 35 3.2. Re-reset........................................................................................................................................ 35 3.3. Software reset ........................................................................................................................... 35 4.1 Standard PCI Slave Accesses .................................................................................................... 36 4.1.1 PCI Slave Write...................................................................................................................... 36 4.1.2 PCI Slave Read...................................................................................................................... 36 4.2 Burst Controller Accesses (including PCI Master)...................................................................... 36 4.2.1 Transfer Modes ..................................................................................................................... 37 4.2.2 Burst Controller Control/Status.............................................................................................. 38 4.3 FIFO Transfers............................................................................................................................ 39 4.4 GPIO/Serial Interface.................................................................................................................. 39 4.4.1 GPIO ....................................................................................................................................... 39 4.4.2 Serial Interface ........................................................................................................................ 39 4.5 Interrupt....................................................................................................................................... 40 4.5.1 Address Error Interrupt............................................................................................................ 40 4.6 Memory Map ............................................................................................................................... 41
1
16
3. PROCEDURE OF THE HARDWARE INITIALIZATION 4. HOST INTERFACE
35
36
5. I2C Interface Controller MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
iv
43
6. Graphics Memory
5.1 Features ........................................................................................................................................ 43 5.2 Block diagram................................................................................................................................ 44 5.2.1 Block Diagram......................................................................................................................... 44 5.2.2 Block Function Overview......................................................................................................... 45 5.3 Example application ...................................................................................................................... 46 5.3.1 Connection Diagram ............................................................................................................... 46 5.4 Function overview.......................................................................................................................... 47 5.4.1 START condition...................................................................................................................... 47 5.4.2 STOP condition ....................................................................................................................... 47 5.4.3 Addressing............................................................................................................................... 48 5.4.4 Synchronization of SCL........................................................................................................... 48 5.4.5 Arbitration ................................................................................................................................ 49 5.4.6 Acknowledge ........................................................................................................................... 49 5.4.7 Bus error.................................................................................................................................. 49 5.4.8 Initialize ................................................................................................................................... 50 5.4.9 1-byte transfer from master to slave ....................................................................................... 51 5.4.10 1 byte transfer from slave to master ..................................................................................... 52 5.4.11 Recovery from bus error........................................................................................................ 53 5.5 Note ............................................................................................................................................... 54 6.1. Configuration ................................................................................................................................ 55 6.1.1. Data type ................................................................................................................................ 55 6.1.2. Memory Mapping.................................................................................................................... 56 6.1.3. Data Format ........................................................................................................................... 56 6.2. Frame Management ..................................................................................................................... 58 6.2.1. Single Buffer........................................................................................................................... 58 6.2.2. Double Buffer ......................................................................................................................... 58 6.3. Memory Access ............................................................................................................................ 58 6.3.1. Memory Access by host CPU................................................................................................. 58 6.3.2. Priority of memory accessing................................................................................................. 58 6.4. Connection with memory.............................................................................................................. 59 6.4.1. Connection with memory........................................................................................................ 59 7.1 Overview....................................................................................................................................... 60 7.2 Display Function ........................................................................................................................... 61 7.2.1 Layer configuration................................................................................................................. 61 7.2.2 Overlay................................................................................................................................... 62 7.2.3 Display parameters ................................................................................................................ 64 7.2.4 Display position control .......................................................................................................... 65 7.3 Display Color ................................................................................................................................ 67 7.4 Cursor........................................................................................................................................... 68 7.4.1 Cursor display function........................................................................................................... 68 7.4.2 Cursor control......................................................................................................................... 68 7.5 Display Scan Control.................................................................................................................... 69 7.5.1 Applicable display................................................................................................................... 69 7.5.2 Interlace display ..................................................................................................................... 70 7.6 Video Interface, NTSC/PAL Output .............................................................................................. 71 7.7 Programmable YCbCr/RGB conversion for L1-layer display ........................................................ 72 7.8 DCLKO shift ................................................................................................................................ 74 7.9 Syncronous register update of display........................................................................................ 74
55
7. DISPLAY CONTROLLER
60
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
v
8. Video Capture
7.10 Dual Display ................................................................................................................................ 75
9. GEOMETRY ENGINE
8.1 Video Capture function .................................................................................................................. 77 8.1.1 Input data Formats .................................................................................................................. 77 8.1.2 Capturing of Video Signal ....................................................................................................... 77 8.1.3 Non-interlace Transformation.................................................................................................. 77 8.2 Video Buffer................................................................................................................................... 78 8.2.1 Data Form ............................................................................................................................... 78 8.2.2 Synchronous Control............................................................................................................... 78 8.2.3 Area Allocation......................................................................................................................... 78 8.2.4 Window Display....................................................................................................................... 79 8.2.5 Interlace Display...................................................................................................................... 79 8.3 Scaling........................................................................................................................................... 80 8.3.1 Down-scaling Function............................................................................................................ 80 8.3.2 Up-scaling Function ................................................................................................................ 80 8.3.2 Flow of image processing ....................................................................................................... 82 8.4 Error handling ................................................................................................................................ 85 8.4.1 Error detect function................................................................................................................ 85 8.5 External video signal input conditions ........................................................................................... 86 8.5.1 RTB656 YUV422 input format................................................................................................. 86 8.5.2 RGB input format..................................................................................................................... 88
77
10. DRAWING PROCESSING
9.1 Geometry Pipeline........................................................................................................................ 94 9.1.1 Processing flow ...................................................................................................................... 94 9.1.2 Model-view projection (MVP) transformation (OCCC coordinate transformation) ............. 95 9.1.3 3D-2D transformation (CCNDC coordinate transformation)............................................... 95 9.1.4 View port transformation (NDCDC coordinate transformation) .......................................... 96 9.1.5 View volume clipping.............................................................................................................. 96 9.1.6 Back face culling .................................................................................................................... 98 9.2 Data Format.................................................................................................................................. 99 9.2.1 Data format............................................................................................................................. 99 9.3 Setup Engine .............................................................................................................................. 100 9.3.1 Setup processing ................................................................................................................. 100 9.4 Log Output of Device Coordinates ............................................................................................. 100 9.4.1 Log output mode .................................................................................................................. 100 9.4.2 Log output destination address............................................................................................ 100 10.1 Coordinate System................................................................................................................... 101 10.1.1 Drawing coordinates .......................................................................................................... 101 10.1.2 Texture coordinates............................................................................................................ 102 10.1.3 Frame buffer....................................................................................................................... 102 10.2 Figure Drawing ......................................................................................................................... 103 10.2.1 Drawing primitives.............................................................................................................. 103 10.2.2 Polygon drawing function ................................................................................................... 103 10.2.3 Drawing parameters........................................................................................................... 104 10.2.4 Anti-aliasing function .......................................................................................................... 105 10.3 Bit Map Processing................................................................................................................... 106 10.3.1 BLT ..................................................................................................................................... 106 10.3.2 Pattern data format............................................................................................................. 106 10.4 Texture Mapping ....................................................................................................................... 107
94
101
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
vi
11 DISPLAY LIST
10.4.1 Texture size ........................................................................................................................ 107 10.4.2 Texture color....................................................................................................................... 107 10.4.3 Texture Wrapping ............................................................................................................... 108 10.4.4 Filtering............................................................................................................................... 109 10.4.5 Perspective correction........................................................................................................ 109 10.4.6 Texture blending................................................................................................................. 110 10.4.7 Bi-linear high-speed mode ................................................................................................. 110 10.5 Rendering ................................................................................................................................. 112 10.5.1 Tiling ................................................................................................................................... 112 10.5.2 Alpha blending.................................................................................................................... 112 10.5.3 Logic operation................................................................................................................... 113 10.5.4 Hidden plane management................................................................................................ 113 10.6 Drawing Attributes .................................................................................................................... 114 10.6.1 Line drawing attributes ....................................................................................................... 114 10.6.2 Triangle drawing attributes ................................................................................................. 114 10.6.3 Texture attributes................................................................................................................ 115 10.6.4 BLT attributes ..................................................................................................................... 116 10.6.5 Character pattern drawing attributes.................................................................................. 116 10.7 Bold Line................................................................................................................................... 117 10.7.1 Starting and ending points.................................................................................................. 117 10.7.2 Broken line pattern ............................................................................................................. 118 10.7.3 Edging ................................................................................................................................ 119 10.7.4 Interpolation of bold line joint ............................................................................................. 120 10.8 Shadowing................................................................................................................................. 121 10.8.1 Shadowing........................................................................................................................... 121 11.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................... 122 11.1.1 Header format...................................................................................................................... 123 11.1.2 Parameter format................................................................................................................. 123 11.2 Geometry Commands................................................................................................................ 124 11.2.1 Geometry command list ...................................................................................................... 124 11.2.2 Explanation of geometry commands................................................................................... 128 11.3 Rendering Command................................................................................................................. 137 11.3.1 Command list....................................................................................................................... 137 11.3.2 Details of rendering commands........................................................................................... 141
122
12. PCI Configuration Registers 13 Local Memory Registers
12.1 PCI Configuration register list.................................................................................................... 151 12.2 PCI Configuration Registers Descriptions................................................................................. 152 13.1 Local memory register list ........................................................................................................ 155 13.1.1 Host interface register list................................................................................................... 155 13.1.2 I2C interface register list ..................................................................................................... 157 13.1.3 Graphics memory interface register list ............................................................................. 157 13.1.4 Display controller register list ............................................................................................. 158 13.1.5 Video capture register list................................................................................................... 165 13.1.6 Drawing engine register list................................................................................................ 167 13.1.7 Geometry engine register list ............................................................................................. 173 13.2 Explanation of Local Memory Registers................................................................................... 174 13.2.1 Host interface registers ...................................................................................................... 175 13.2.2 I2C Interface Registers ....................................................................................................... 190
151
155
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
vii
14. TIMING DIAGRAM
13.2.3 Graphics memory interface registers ................................................................................. 196 13.2.4 Display control register....................................................................................................... 199 13.2.5 Video capture registers ...................................................................................................... 250 13.2.6 Drawing control registers ................................................................................................... 266 13.2.7 Drawing mode registers ..................................................................................................... 269 13.2.8 Triangle drawing registers .................................................................................................. 285 13.2.9 Line drawing registers ........................................................................................................ 288 13.2.10 Pixel drawing registers ..................................................................................................... 289 13.2.11 Rectangle drawing registers............................................................................................. 289 13.2.12 Blt registers ...................................................................................................................... 290 13.2.13 High-speed 2D line drawing registers .............................................................................. 291 13.2.14 High-speed 2D triangle drawing registers........................................................................ 292 13.2.15 Geometry control register................................................................................................. 293 13.2.16 Geometry mode registers................................................................................................. 295 13.2.17 Display list FIFO registers ................................................................................................ 302
15. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
14.1 Host Interface ........................................................................................................................... 303 14.1.1 PCI Interface ...................................................................................................................... 303 14.1.2 EEPROM Timing ................................................................................................................ 304 14.1.3 Serial Interface Timing ....................................................................................................... 305 14.2 I2C Interface.............................................................................................................................. 306 14.3 Graphics Memory Interface ...................................................................................................... 307 14.3.1 Timing of read access to same row address...................................................................... 307 14.3.2 Timing of read access to different row addresses.............................................................. 308 14.3.3 Timing of write access to same row address ..................................................................... 309 14.3.4 Timing of write access to different row addresses ............................................................. 310 14.3.5 Timing of read/write access to same row address............................................................. 311 14.3.6 Delay between ACTV commands ...................................................................................... 312 14.3.7 Delay between Refresh command and next ACTV command........................................... 312 14.4 Display Timing .......................................................................................................................... 313 14.4.1 Non-interlace mode............................................................................................................ 313 14.4.2 Interlace video mode.......................................................................................................... 314 14.4.3 Composite synchronous signal .......................................................................................... 315 15.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................... 316 15.2 Maximum Rating....................................................................................................................... 316 15.3 Recommended Operating Conditions ...................................................................................... 317 15.3.1 Recommended operating conditions ................................................................................. 317 15.3.2 Note at power-on................................................................................................................ 318 Immediately after power-on, input clock to the PCLK pin for 10 clk or more. The XRST is taken in synchronizing with the PCLK............................................................................................................. 318 15.4 DC Characteristics.................................................................................................................... 319 15.4.1 DC Characteristics of PCI Buffer......................................................................................... 319 15.4.2 DC Characteristics of other than PCI buffer........................................................................ 321 15.5 AC Characteristics.................................................................................................................... 323 15.5.1 Host interface ..................................................................................................................... 323 15.5.2 I2C Interface ........................................................................................................................ 325 15.5.3 Video interface ................................................................................................................... 327 15.5.4 Video capture interface ....................................................................................................... 328 15.5.5 Graphics memory interface................................................................................................ 329
303
316
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
viii
15.5.6 PLL specifications .............................................................................................................. 336 15.6 AC Characteristics Measuring Conditions................................................................................ 337 15.7 Timing Diagram ........................................................................................................................ 338 15.7.1 Host interface ..................................................................................................................... 338 15.7.2 Video interface ................................................................................................................... 339 15.7.3 Video capture interface ....................................................................................................... 340 15.7.4 Graphics memory interface................................................................................................ 341
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
ix
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1. GENERAL
1.1 Preface
The MB86296S is a graphics controller with PCI host interface. Note: This device has a I2C interface. Purchase of Fujitsu I2C components conveys a license under the Philips I2C Patent Right to use these components in an I2C system, provided that the system conforms to the I2C Standard Specification as defined by Philips.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev1.4
1
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.2 Features
*
Geometry engine Geometry engine supports the geometry processing that is basically compatible**1 with ORCHID (MB86292). Using the display list created by ORCHID enables drawing. Heavy processing of geometric operations such as coordinates conversions or clipping performed by this device can reduce the CPU loads dramatically. **1(Floating point setup command is changed or deleted. G_BeginCont command is deleted. GMDR0 CF&DF table mapping is changed ... etc) 2D and 3D Drawing The MB86296 has a drawing function that is compatible with the CREMSON (MB86290A). It can draw data using the display list created for CREMSON. (But internal texture RAM is deleted.) The MB86296 also supports 3D rendering, such as texture mapping with perspective collection and Gouraud shading, alpha blending, and anti-aliasing for drawing smooth lines. Digital video capture The digital video capture function can store digital video data such as TV in graphics memory; it can display drawn images and video images on the same screen. Display controller The MB86296 has a display controller that is compatible with ORCHID. In addition to the traditional XGA (1024 x 768 pixels) display, 4-layer overlay, left/right split display, wrap-around scrolling, double buffers, and translucent display, function of 6-layer overlay, 4-siding for palette are expanded. Host CPU interface The MB86296 has a 32 bit, 33MHz PCI interface fully compliant to PCI version 2.1. External memory interface SDRAM and FCRAM can be connected. Optional function Final device can be selected from the combination of geometry high-/low-speed version and video capture function provided/ not provided. Others CMOS technology 0.18m BGA256 Package Supply voltage:1.8 V (internal operation) /3.3 V (I/O) Current consumption (TYPICAL) 1.8 V : 500mA 3.3 V : 100mA
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
2
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.3 Block Diagram
CORAL-PA general block diagram is shown below:
Pixel Bus PCI Bus
AD0-31
Host Interface
Capture Controller
YUV/RGB
Display Controller
MD0-31/63 MA0-14
DRGB
SDRAM or FCRAM
External Memory Controller
Geometry Engine
2D/3D Rendering Engine
Fig.1.1 CORAL-PA Block Diagram
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
3
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4 Functional Overview
1.4.1 Host CPU interface
Supported CPU Configuration PCI Slave
The MB86296 can be connected to any CPU with a 33MHz 32-bit PCI v2.1 host interface. EEPROM configuration supported Serial interface for external device control through PCI interface Supports burst reads/writes of up to 8 double words (32 bytes). Supports multi-burst transfers with automatic pre-fetch.
PCI Master
Supports transfers of up to 224-1 double words in bursts of between 1 and 8 double words. Supports all combinations of transfer (PCI->PCI, PCI->Internal, Internal->PCI) Host notification on burst complete and/or transfer complete Optional external burst initiation control
Internal DMA Interrupt
Supports transfers of up to 224-1 double words in bursts of between 1 and 8 double words.
Vertical (frame) synchronous detection Field synchronous detection External synchronous error detection Register update Drawing command error Drawing command execution end Burst/Transfer complete
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
4
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.2 External memory interface
SDRAM or FCRAM can be connected. 64 bits or 32 bits can be selected for data bus. Max. 133 MHz is available for operating frequency. Connectable memory configuration is as shown below.
External Memory Configuration
Type FCRAM 16 Mbits (x16 Bits) FCRAM 16 Mbits (x16 Bits) SDRAM 64 Mbits (x32 Bits) SDRAM 64 Mbits (x32 Bits) SDRAM 64 Mbits (x16 Bits) SDRAM 64 Mbits (x16 Bits) SDRAM 128 Mbits (x32 Bits) SDRAM 128 Mbits (x32 Bits) SDRAM 128 Mbits (x16 Bits) SDRAM 128 Mbits (x16 Bits) SDRAM 256 Mbits (x16 Bits) Data bus width 32 Bits 64 Bits 32 Bits 64 Bits 32 Bits 64 Bits 32 Bits 64 Bits 32 Bits 64 Bits 32 Bits Use count 2 4 1 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 2 Total capacity 4 Mbytes 8 Mbytes 8 Mbytes 16 Mbytes 16 Mbytes 32 Mbytes 16 Mbytes 32 Mbytes 32 Mbytes 64 Mbytes 64 Mbytes
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
5
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.3 Display controller
Video data output Screen resolution
Analog RGB video output is provided. And each 8-bit digital video output is provided. When selecting each 8 bits output, usable external memory bus width is 32 bits only. LCD panels with wide range of resolutions are supported by using a programmable timing generator as follows:
Screen Resolutions
Resolutions
1024 x 768 1024 x 600 800 x 600 854 x 480 640 x 480 480 x 234 400 x 234 320 x 234
Hardware cursor
MB8629x supports two hardware cursor functions. Each of these hardware cursors is specified as a 64 x 64-pixel area. Each pixel of these hardware cursors is 8 bits and uses the same look-up table as indirect color mode. Double buffer method in which drawing window and display window is switched in units of 1 frame enables the smooth animation. Flipping (switching of display window area) is performed in synchronization with the vertical blanking period using program. Independent setting of drawing and display windows and their starting position enables the smooth scrolling.
Double buffer method
Scroll method
Display colors
* * * *
Supports indirect color mode which uses the look-up table (color palette) in 8 bits/pixels. Entry for look-up table (color palette) corresponds to color code for 8 bits, in other words, 256. Color data is each 6 bits of RGB. Consequently, 256 colors can be displayed out of 260,000 colors. Supports direct color mode which specifies RGB with 16 bits/pixels. Supports direct color mode which specifies RGB with 24 bits/pixels.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
6
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Overlay Compatibility mode
Up to four extra layers (C, W, M and B) can be displayed overlaid. The overlay position for the hardware cursors is above/below the top layer (C). The transparent mode or the blend mode can be selected for overlay. The M- and B-layers can be split into separate windows. Window display can be performed for the W-layer. Two palettes are provided: C-layer and M-/B-layer. The W-layer is used as the video input layer.
L0, L2, L4 (0,0) L1 (WX, WY) L3, L5 (HDB+1, 0)
Window mode
* * * * * * * * *
Up to six screens (L0 to 5) can be displayed overlaid. The overlay sequence of the L0- to L5-layers can be changed arbitrarily. The overlay position for the hardware cursors is above/below the L0-layer. The transparent mode or the blend mode can be selected for overlay. The L5-layer can be used as the blend coefficient plane (8 bits/pixel). Window display can be performed for all layers. Four palettes corresponded to L0 to 3 are provided. The L1-layer is used as the video input layer. Background color display is supported in window display for all layers.
L0 ( 0WX, L0WY) L L5 ( 5WX, L5WY) L L4 ( 4WX, L4WY) L2 ( 2WX, L2WY) L L L1 ( 1WX, L1WY) L
L3 ( 3WX, L3WY) L
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
7
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.4 Video capture function
Video input
* *
The input format is either ITU RBT-656 or RGB666. Video data is stored in graphics memory once and then displayed on the screen in synchronization with the display scan. A scale-up factor 1 to 2 can be used. PAL or NTSC images can be displayed on a wide screen. A scale-down factor 1 to 1/32 can be used. Picture-in-picture can be used to display drawn images and video images on the same screen.
Scaling
* * *
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
8
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.5 Geometry processing
The MB86296 has a geometry engine for performing the numerical operations required for graphics processing. The geometry engine uses the floating-point format for highly precise operations. It selects the required geometry processing according to the set drawing mode and primitive type and executes processing to the final drawing.
Primitives
Point, line, line strip, independent triangle, triangle strip, triangle fan, and arbitrary polygon are supported. MVP Transformation Setting a 4 x 4 transformation matrix enables transformation of a 3D model view projection. Twodimensional affine transformation is also possible.
MVP Transformation
Clipping Culling
Clipping stops drawing of figures outside the window (field of view). Polygons (including concave shapes) can also be clipped. Triangles on the back are not drawn.
3D-2D Transformation
This functions transforms 3D coordinates (normalization) into 2D coordinates in orthogonal or perspective projections. This function transforms normalized 2D coordinates into drawing (device) coordinates.
View port transformation Primitive setup
This function automatically performs a variety of slope computations, etc., based on transforming vertex data into coordinates and prepares for rendering (setup). The view port conversion results are output to the local memory.
Log output of device coordinates
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
9
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.6 2D Drawing
2D Primitives
MB8629x can perform 2D drawing for graphics memory (drawing plane) in direct color mode or indirect color mode. Bold lines with width and broken lines can be drawn. With anti-aliasing smooth diagonal lines also can be drawn. A triangle can be tiled in a single color or 2D pattern (tiling), or mapped with a texture pattern by specifying coordinates of the 2D pattern at each vertex (texture mapping). At texture mapping, drawing/non-drawing can be set in pixel units. Moreover, transparent processing can be performed using alpha blending. When drawing in single color or tiling without Gouraud shading or texture mapping, high-speed 2DLine and high-speed 2DTriangle can be used. Only vertex coordinates are set for these primitives. High-speed 2DTriangle is also used to draw polygons.
2D Primitives
Primitive type
Point Line Bold line strip (provisional name) Triangle High-speed 2DLine Arbitrary polygon Plots point Draws line Draws continuous bold line This primitive is used when interpolating the bold line joint. Draws triangle Draws lines Compared to line, this reduces the host CPU processing load. Draws arbitrary closed polygon containing concave shapes consisting of vertices
Description
Arbitrary polygon drawing
Using this function, arbitrary closed polygon containing concave shapes consisting of vertices can be drawn. (There is no restriction on the count of vertices, however, the polygon with its sides crossed are not supported.) In this case, as a work area for drawing, polygon drawing flag buffer is used on the graphics memory. In drawing polygon, draw triangle for polygon drawing flag buffer using high-speed 2DTriangle. Decide any vertex as a starting point to draw triangle along the periphery. It enables you to draw final polygon form in single color or with tiling or with texture mapping in a drawing frame.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
10
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BLT/Rectangle drawing
This function draws a rectangle using logic operations. It is used to draw pattern and copy the image pattern within the drawing frame. It is also used for clearing drawing frame and Z buffer.
BLT Attributes
Attribute
Raster operation Transparent processing Alpha blending
Description
Selects two source logical operation mode Performs BLT without drawing pixel consistent with the transparent color. The alpha map and source in the memory is subjected to alpha blending and then copied to the destination.
Pattern (Text) drawing
This function draws a binary pattern (text) in a specified color.
Pattern (Text) Drawing Attributes
Attribute
Enlarge Shrink
Description
Vertically x 2 Horizontally x 2 Vertically and Horizontally x 2 Vertically x 1/2 Horizontally 1/2 Vertically and Horizontally 1/2
Drawing clipping
This function sets a rectangle frame in drawing frame to prohibit the drawing of the outside the frame.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
11
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.7 3D Drawing
3D Primitives
This function draws 3D objects in drawing memory in the direct color mode.
3D Primitives
Primitive
Point Line Triangle Arbitrary polygon Plots 3D point Draws 3D line Draws 3D triangle Draws arbitrary closed polygon containing concave shapes consisting of vertexes
Description
3D Drawing attributes
Texture mapping with bi-linear filtering/automatic perspective correction and Gouraud shading provides high-quality realistic 3D drawing. A built-in texture mapping unit performs fast pixel calculations. This unit also delivers color blending between the shading color and texture color. MB8629x supports the Z buffer for hidden plane management.
Hidden plane management
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
12
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.8 Special effects
Anti-aliasing
Anti-aliasing manipulates line borders of polygons in sub-pixel units and blend the pre-drawing pixel color with color to make the jaggies be seen smooth. It is used as a functional option for 2D drawing (in direct color mode only).
Bold line and broken line drawing
This function draws lines of a specific width and a broken line.
Line Drawing Attributes
Attribute
Line width Broken line
* * *
Description
Selectable from 1 to 32 pixels Set by 32 bit or 24 bit of broken line pattern
Supports the verticality of starting and ending points. Supports the verticality of broken line pattern. Interpolation of bold line joint supports the following modes: (1) Broken line pattern reference address fix mode The same broken line pattern is kept referencing for the period of some pixels starting from the joint and the starting point for the next line. (2) No interpolation Supports the equalization of the width of bold lines. Supports the bold line edging. Not support the Anti-aliasing of dashed line patterns. For a part overlaid due to connection of bold lines, natural overlay can be represented by providing depth information. (Z value).
* * * *
Shading
Supports the shading primitive. Drawing is performed to the body primitive coordinates (X, Y) with an offset as a shade. At this drawing, the Z buffer is used in order to differentiate between the body and shade.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
13
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Alpha blending
Alpha blending blends two image colors to provide a transparent effect. CORAL supports two types of blending; blending two different colors at drawing, and blending overlay planes at display. Transparent color is not used for these blending options. There are two ways of specifying alpha blending for drawing: (1) Set a transparent coefficient to the register; the transparent coefficient is applied for transparency processing of one plane. (2) Set a transparent coefficient for each vertex of the plane; as with Gouraud shading, the transparent coefficient is linear-interpolated to perform transparent processing in pixel units. In addition to the above, the following settings can be performed at texture mapping. When the most significant bit of each texture cell is 1, drawing or transparency can be set. When the most significant bit of each texture cell is 0, non-drawing can be set.
Alpha Blending
Type
Drawing
Description
Overlay display
Transparent ratio set in particular register While one primitive (polygon, pattern, etc.), being drawn, registered transparent ratio applied A transparent coefficient set for each vertex. A linearinterpolated transparent coefficient applied. This is possible only in direct color mode. Blends top layer pixel color with lower layer pixel color Transparent coefficient set in particular register Registered transparent coefficient applied during one frame scan
Gouraud Shading
Gouraud shading can be used in the direct color mode to provide 3D object real shading and color gradation.
Gray Scale Gouraud Shading
Gray scale gouraud shading can be used in the in-direct color mode to draw a blend coefficient layer.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
14
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Texture mapping
MB86296 supports texture mapping to map a image pattern onto the surface of plane. For 2D pattern texture mapping, MB86296 has a built-in pattern memory for a field of up to 64 x 64 pixels (at 16-bit color), which performs high-speed texture mapping. The texture pattern can also be laid out in the graphics memory. In this case, max. 4096 x 4096 pixels can be used. Drawing of 8-/16-/24-bit direct color is supported for the texture pattern. For drawing 8-bit direct color, only point sampling can be specified for texture interpolation; only de-curl can be specified for the blend mode.
Texture Mapping
Function
Filtering Blend Alpha blend Wrap Coordinates correction
Description
Point sample Bi-linear filter Linear Perspective De-curl Modulate Stencil Normal Stencil Stencil alpha Repeat Cramp Border
1.4.9 Others
Direct color
24-bit direct color is supported in addition to 16-bit direct color as a drawing input data. The 24-bit direct color data is laid out on the memory by 32-bit-aligned.
Top-left rule non-applicable mode
In addition to the top-left rule applicable mode in which the triangle borders are compatible with CREMSON, the top-left rule non-applicable mode can be used. Caution: Use perspective correct mode when use texture at the top-left rule non-applicable mode. Top-left rule non-applicable primitives cannot use Geometry clip function. Non-top-left-part's pixel quality is less than body. (using approximate calculation)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
15
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2. PINS
2.1 Signals
2.1.1 Signal lines
GPIO0-4 EEPROM0-4 AD0-31 CBE03 PAR FRAME TRDY IRDY STOP DEVSEL IDSEL PERR SERR REQ GNT PCLK XRST XINT BC TC BEN SB
CORAL PA Graphics Controller
BGA256
Host CPU interface
DCLKO DCKLI HSYNC VSYNC CSYNC DISPE GV R2-7 G2-7 B2-7 XRGBEN MD0-63 MA0-14 MRAS MCAS MWE MDQM0-7 MCLKO MCLKI CCLK SDA SCL VI0-7 RI0-5 GI05 BI0-5 XRE RGBCLK COLSEL TESTH
Video output interface
Graphics memory interface
Clock
CLK S CKM CLKSEL0-1
Video capture interface
Test
Fig. 2.1 CORAL PA Signal Lines
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1 16
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.2 Pin Assignmen t
2.2.1 Pin assignment diagram
INDEX
1 2 3 4 5
TOP VIEW
6 7 8 9 10
BGA256
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R T U V W Y
NC VSYN GV BC
COMR VRO COMG AVS GI3 GI4 DE GI0 GI2 DCKI AVS GI1 VS VH AOR VREF
XTST DACT AOG AVD AOB AVD AVS
VL
MD60 MD59
VL
MD57 MD54 MD53 MD50 MD46 MD44 MD41 MD38 VH VL
VS
SMCK CCLK MD61 MD56 AVD VS MST XSM
MD49 MD45 MD42 MD40 MD35 MD34 DQM7 VH VL MD39 MD36 MD33 VS VS VH DQM4
MD62 MD55 MD52 MD48 MD63 MD58 MD51 VS
XRE COMB
MD43 MD47 MD37
MD32 DQM5 MRAS DQM6 MCAS MA12 VH MA6 MA4 MA0 VL
REQ DCKO HSYN ECK RST EE PCLK VS VH AD27 EDO VS ECS EDI GNT
CSYN XINT SB VH VL BEN VL VS TC VL
MA11 MW E MA13 VL MA14 MA10 MA7 MA2 MA9 MA8 MA5 MA1
Thermal Balls
In order to reduce heat, please connect to GND
VS VL MA3
AD29 AD30 AD31 VH AD28 VS VL VS VL VH VS VS VS VH VS
DQM2 MCKO DQM0 DQM3 VS VS MD23 VL VS DQM1 VH
AD25 AD26 IDSL
MD28 MD31 VL
CBE3 AD24 VH
MD29 MCKI
AD22 AD23
MD27 MD21 MD25 MD30 MD16 MD18 MD22 MD26 VL VS VL VS VH VL AD02 PVD S PVS VS CSL1 VL CKM VL MD2 CSL0 CLK VH MD5 MD1 VS MD10 MD8 MD4 MD0 VS VH MD19 MD24
AD19 AD20 AD21 AD17 AD18 VH
CBE2 AD16 DSEL SERR FRM VS IRDY STOP TRDY PERR PAR VH
AD14 AD11 AD08 AD07 AD04 VH AD06 VH
MD12 MD13 MD15 MD20 MD7 MD3 MD11 MD14 MD17 MD6 MD9 VS
CBE1 AD13 AD10
AD15 AD12 AD09 CBE0 AD05 AD03 AD01 AD00
PCI Interface Pins Other Host I/f Pins
Memory I/f Pins Muxed Memory I/f Pins
DAC Pins Disp Pins
Clock Pins Capture Pins Test Pins
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
17
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.2.2 Pin assignment table
JEDEC Number Pin Name B 2 GI3 C D E B E D C F E D G G D F E F H G F H J 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 3 2 4 4 3 1 2 1 4 3 2 1 2 4 GI4 DCKI VH VSYN HSYN DE GV CSYN DCKO VS VL SB BC EDO REQ XINT VH VS ECK ECS TC I/O Input Input Input I/O I/O Output Output Output Output I/O I/O I/O Output Output I/O I/O I/O Function RGB Input Green[3]. May also be configured as GPIO input. RGB Input Green[4]. May also be configured as GPIO input. Video output interface dot clock input. VDDH - 3.3V power supply. Video output interface vertical sync output. Vertical sync input in external sync mode. Video output interface horizontal sync output. Horizontal sync input in external sync mode. Video output interface display enable period. Video output interface graphics/video switch. Video output interface composite sync output. Video output interface dot clock signal for display. VSS - ground. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Host interface Slave Busy signal. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Green[5] and serial interface strobe depending on configuration. Host interface Burst Complete signal. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Red[0]. PCI configuration EEPROM data output. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Red[1] and serial interface data out depending on configuration. PCI request. External interrupt. By default (and PCI standard) it is active low. However it may be configured as active high if desired. VDDH 3.3V power supply. VSS - ground. PCI configuration EEPROM clock output. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Red[2] and serial interface clock out depending on configuration. PCI configuration EEPROM select output. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Red[3] depending on configuration. Host interface transfer complete. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. Note that the state of this pin is latched at external reset to help provide initial I/O configuration. If it is in an active high state then the EEPROM enable register bit is set. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Device reset.
18
(open drain)
J G
3 1
VL XRST
Input
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
H J H K
4 2 1 3
VS EDI EE BEN
K 2 GNT J 1 PCLK K 4 VL K 1 VS L 1 VH M 1 AD27 L 2 AD29 L 3 AD30 L 4 AD31 N 1 AD25 M 2 VH N 4 VS P 1 IDSL M 3 AD28 M 4 VL N 2 AD26 R 1 AD22 P 2 CBE3 N 3 VS R 4 VH T 1 AD19 R 2 AD23 P 3 AD24 U 1 AD17 P 4 VL Y 1 VS T 2 AD20 R 3 VH V 1 CBE2 U 2 AD18 T 3 AD21 W 1 FRM T 4 VS V 2 AD16 MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
VSS - ground. PCI configuration EEPROM data input. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Red[4] and serial interface data in depending on configuration. I/O PCI configuration EEPROM enable. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. In addition this signal is used as RGB input Red[5] depending on configuration. I/O Host interface burst enable used as an external trigger of the host interface burst controller. May also be configured as GPIO input/output. Note that the state of this pin is latched at external reset to help provide initial I/O configuration. If it is in an active high state then the RGB input enable register bit is set. Output PCI grant. Input PCI clock (33MHz). VDDL 1.8V power supply. VSS - ground. VDDH 3.3V power supply. I/O PCI address/data bit 27. I/O PCI address/data bit 29. I/O PCI address/data bit 30. I/O PCI address/data bit 31. I/O PCI address/data bit 25. VDDH 3.3V power supply. VSS - ground. Input PCI Initialisation Device Select (IDSEL). I/O PCI address/data bit 28. VDDL 1.8V power supply. I/O PCI address/data bit 26. I/O PCI address/data bit 22. I/O PCI command/byte enable 3. VSS - ground. VDDH 3.3V power supply. I/O PCI address/data bit 19. I/O PCI address/data bit 23. I/O PCI address/data bit 24. I/O PCI address/data bit 17. VDDL 1.8V power supply. VSS - ground. I/O PCI address/data bit 20. VDDH 3.3V power supply. I/O PCI command/byte enable 2. I/O PCI address/data bit 18. I/O PCI address/data bit 21. I/O PCI Frame. VSS - ground. I/O PCI address/data bit 16. 19
I/O
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
U V W W V U Y V W Y V W U U V Y W Y U V W Y W U V Y U W Y V W Y U Y Y Y W V U Y
3 3 2 3 4 5 2 5 4 3 6 5 4 7 7 4 6 5 6 8 7 6 8 9 9 7 8 9 8 10 10 9 10 10 11 12 11 11 11 13
VH DSEL IRDY STOP SERR VS TRDY VH PAR PERR AD14 CBE1 VS VL AD11 VH AD13 AD15 VS AD08 AD10 AD12 VH VL AD07 AD09 VS AD06 CBE0 AD04 VH AD05 VS AD03 AD01 AD00 AD02 VL VH CKM
(open drain)
I/O I/O I/O Output I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Input
VDDH 3.3V power supply. PCI Device Select (DEVSEL). PCI Initiator Ready. PCI Stop. PCI System Error. VSS - ground. PCI Target Ready. VDDH 3.3V power supply. PCI Parity. PCI Parity Error. PCI address/data bit 14. PCI command/byte enable 1. VSS - ground. VDDL 1.8V power supply. PCI address/data bit 11. VDDH 3.3V power supply. PCI address/data bit 13. PCI address/data bit 15. VSS - ground. PCI address/data bit 8. PCI address/data bit 10. PCI address/data bit 12. VDDH 3.3V power supply. VDDL 1.8V power supply. PCI address/data bit 7. PCI address/data bit 9. VSS - ground. PCI address/data bit 6. PCI command/byte enable 0. PCI address/data bit 4. VDDH 3.3V power supply. PCI address/data bit 5. VSS - ground. PCI address/data bit 3. PCI address/data bit 1. PCI address/data bit 0. PCI address/data bit 2. VDDL 1.8V power supply. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Clock Mode. If low then the output from the internal PLL is used as the internal clock. If high then the PCI clock is used. PLL Ground. VSS - ground. Clock input. PLL reset. PLL 1.8V power supply. VDDL 1.8V power supply. 20
W 12 PVS U 13 VS Y 14 CLK V 12 S U 12 PVD W 13 VL MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
Input Input -
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Y 15 VS W 14 CSL0 V 13 CSL1 U 15 VH Y 16 MD0 W 15 MD1 V 14 MD2 Y 17 MD3 U 14 VL Y 20 VS W 16 MD4 V 15 MD5 Y 18 MD6 W 17 MD7 V 16 MD8 Y 19 MD9 U 16 MD10 W 18 MD11 V 17 MD12 V 18 MD13 W 19 MD14 V 19 MD15 U 18 VH T 17 MD16 W 20 MD17 T 18 MD18 U 19 MD19 V 20 MD20 R 18 MD21 T 19 MD22 U 17 VS P 17 MD23 P 18 VL U 20 MD24 R 19 MD25 T 20 MD26 R 17 MD27 N 18 MD28 P 19 MD29 R 20 MD30 N 19 MD31 M 17 VS M 18 VL P 20 MCKI N 17 VS M 19 VS N 20 VH L 18 MCKO MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
Input Input I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Input Output
VSS - ground. Clock rate selection 0. Clock rate selection 1. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 0. Graphics memory data bit 1. Graphics memory data bit 2. Graphics memory data bit 3. VDDL 1.8V power supply. VSS - ground. Graphics memory data bit 4. Graphics memory data bit 5. Graphics memory data bit 6. Graphics memory data bit 7. Graphics memory data bit 8. Graphics memory data bit 9. Graphics memory data bit 10. Graphics memory data bit 11. Graphics memory data bit 12. Graphics memory data bit 13. Graphics memory data bit 14. Graphics memory data bit 15. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 16. Graphics memory data bit 17. Graphics memory data bit 18. Graphics memory data bit 19. Graphics memory data bit 20. Graphics memory data bit 21. Graphics memory data bit 22. VSS - ground. Graphics memory data bit 23. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 24. Graphics memory data bit 25. Graphics memory data bit 26. Graphics memory data bit 27. Graphics memory data bit 28. Graphics memory data bit 29. Graphics memory data bit 30. Graphics memory data bit 31. VSS - ground. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory clock input. VSS - ground. VSS - ground. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Graphics memory clock output. 21
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
L M L L K J K K K H J H G J J H F G H F E F G D G A E F C D E B E C D C B B C D A
19 20 17 20 20 20 19 18 17 20 19 17 20 18 17 19 20 19 18 17 20 19 18 20 17 20 19 18 20 19 18 20 17 19 18 18 19 18 17 16 19
DQ0 M DQM1 DQM2 DQM3 VL MA0 MA1 MA2 MA3 MA4 MA5 VS MA6 MA7 VL MA8 VH MA9 MA10 MA11 MA12 MA13 MA14 MRAS VL VS MCAS MWE DQM4 DQM5 DQM6 DQM7 VS VH MD32 MD33 MD34 MD35 MD36 MD37 MD38
Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Output
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
Graphics memory data mask 0. Graphics memory data mask 1. Graphics memory data mask 2. Graphics memory data mask 3. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory address bit 0. Graphics memory address bit 1. Graphics memory address bit 2. Graphics memory address bit 3. Graphics memory address bit 4. Graphics memory address bit 5. VSS - ground. Graphics memory address bit 6. Graphics memory address bit 7. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory address bit 8. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Graphics memory address bit 9. Graphics memory address bit 10. Graphics memory address bit 11. Graphics memory address bit 12. Graphics memory address bit 13. Graphics memory address bit 14. Graphics memory row address strobe. VDDL 1.8V power supply. VSS - ground. Graphics memory column address strobe. Graphics memory write enable. Graphics memory data mask 4. Graphics memory data mask 5. Graphics memory data mask 6. May also be configured as Blue[0] for the RGB output. Output Graphics memory data mask 7. May also be configured as Blue[1] for the RGB output. VSS - ground. VDDH 3.3V power supply. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Blue[2] for the RGB output. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Blue[3] for the RGB output. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Blue[4] for the RGB output. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Blue[5] for the RGB output. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Blue[6] for the RGB output. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Blue[7] for the RGB output. I/O Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[0] for the RGB output. 22
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
C B A C B D D C A B A D C B A B D C A D B A C B A D
16 17 18 15 16 17 14 14 17 15 16 15 13 14 15 13 12 12 14 13 12 13 11 11 12 11
MD39 MD40 MD41 VL MD42 VS MD43 VH MD44 MD45 MD46 MD47 MD48 MD49 MD50 VL MD51 MD52 MD53 VS VH MD54 MD55 MD56 MD57 MD58
I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[1] for the RGB output. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[2] for the RGB output. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[3] for the RGB output. VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[4] for the RGB output. VSS - ground. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[5] for the RGB output. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[6] for the RGB output. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Green[7] for the RGB output. Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Red[0] for the RGB output.R0 Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Red[1] for the RGB output.R1 Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Red[2] for the RGB output.R2 Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Red[3] for the RGB output.R3 Graphics memory data bit 32. May also be configured as Red[4] for the RGB output.R4 VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 51. May also be configured as Red[5] for the RGB output.R5 Graphics memory data bit 52. May also be configured as Red[6] for the RGB output.R6 Graphics memory data bit 53. May also be configured as Red[7] for the RGB output. R7 VSS - ground. VDDH 3.3V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 54. May also be configured as I2C serial data (SDA). Graphics memory data bit 55. May also be configured as I2C serial clock (SCL). Graphics memory data bit 56. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 0 (VI0). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as Blue[0]. Graphics memory data bit 57. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 1 (VI1). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as Blue[1]. Graphics memory data bit 58. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 2 (VI2). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as Blue[2]. 23
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
A A A B C D A B D A C D B A B C D A B C A D A B C A B C A D B C C
11 10 9 10 10 10 8 9 8 7 9 9 8 6 7 8 6 5 6 7 4 7 1 5 6 3 4 5 2 5 3 4 3
VL MD59 MD60 MD61 MD62 MD63 VL CCLK VS DACT MST XSM SMCK XTST AOB AVD2 COMB AVS2 AOG AVD1 COMG AVS1 NC AOR AVD0 VRO AVS0 VREF COMR XRE GI0 GI1 GI2
I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Input Input Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Output Output Input Output Input GI0 GI1 GI2
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
VDDL 1.8V power supply. Graphics memory data bit 59. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 3 (VI3). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as Blue[3]. Graphics memory data bit 60. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 4 (VI4). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as Blue[4]. Graphics memory data bit 61. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 5 (VI5). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as Blue[5]. Graphics memory data bit 62. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 6 (VI6). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as HSYNC. Graphics memory data bit 63. May also be configured as ITU-RBT-656 video capture data input bit 7 (VI7). When the RGB input is enabled this pin acts as VSYNC. VDDL 1.8V power supply. ITU-RBT-656 video capture clock input. VSS - ground. Test signal. Test signal. Test Signal. Test Signal. Test Signal. Analog Signal (B) output Analog Power Supply(3.3V) Analog B Signal Compensation pin Analog Ground Analog Singnal (G) output Analog Power Supply(3.3V) Analog G Signal Compensation pin Analog Ground Not connected. Analog Singnal (R) output Analog Power Supply(3.3V) Analog Reference current output Analog Ground Analog Reference Voltage input Analog R Signal Compensation pin RGB output/video input/I2C enable. RGB Input Green[0]. May also be configured as GPIO input. RGB Input Green[1]. May also be configured as GPIO input. RGB Input Green[2]. May also be configured as GPIO input. 24
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Notes VSS/PLLVSS VDDH VDDL/PLLVDD PLLVDD OPEN TESTH AVS AVD : : : : : : : : Ground 3.3-V power supply 1.8-V power supply PLL power supply (1.8 V) Do not connect anything. Input a 3.3 V-power supply. Analog Ground Analog power supply (3.3 V)
- It is recommended that PLLVDD should be isolated on the PCB. - It is recommended that AVD should be isolated on the PCB. - Insert a bypass capacitor with good high frequency characteristics between the power supply and ground. Place the capacitor as near as possible to the pin.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
25
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3 Pin Function
2.3.1 Host CPU interface
Table 2-1 Host CPU Interface Pins
Pin name
AD0-31 CBE0-3 PAR FRM TRDY IRDY STOP DSEL IDSEL PERR SERR REQ GNT PCLK XRST XINT BC
I/O
In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out Input In/Out Output (Open Drain) Output Input Input Input Output (Open Drain) Output
Description
PCI Address/Data PCI Bus Command/Byte Enable PCI Parity PCI Cycle Frame PCI Target Ready PCI Initiator Ready PCI Stop PCI Device Select PCI Initialisation Device Select PCI Parity Error System Error PCI Bus Master Request PCI Bus Grant PCI Clock - 33MHz System Reset (including PCI) Interrupt Burst Complete. Indicates a burst is complete when using the DMA/Burst Controller. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output and acts as RI0 (Red Input 0) when the RGB Input is enabled. Transfer Complete. Indicates that a whole transfer is complete when using the DMA/Burst Controller. This may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output. In addition this pin may be used to automatically enable the EEPROM at the reset phase. To do this a pull up should be applied. Enables the Burst Controller to start/continue execution. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output. In addition this pin may be used to automatically enable the RGB Input pins as RGB inputs. To do this a pull up should be applied. Slave Busy. Indicates that the PCI Slave is busy completing a write transfer. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output, the Serial Interface Strobe Output and acts as GI5 (Green Input 5) when the RGB Input is enabled.
TC
Output
BEN
Input
SB
Output
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
26
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
EE ECS ECK EDO EDI GI0-4 Input Output Output Output Input Input EEPROM Enable. Enables the PCI EEPROM Configuration. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output and acts as RI5 (Red Input 5) when the RGB Input is enabled. EEPROM Chip Select . This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output and acts as RI3 (Red Input 3) when the RGB Input is enabled. EEPROM Clock. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output, the Serial Interface clock Output and acts as RI2 (Red Input 2) when the RGB Input is enabled. EEPROM Data Out. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output, the Serial Interface Data Output and acts as RI1 (Red Input 1) when the RGB Input is enabled. EEPROM Data In. This pin may also be configured as a GPIO Input/Output, the Serial Interface Data Input and acts as RI4 (Red Input 4) when the RGB Input is enabled. GPIO Inputs. These pins also act as GI0-4 (Green Inputs 04) when the RGB Input is enabled.
The EE, ECK, ECS, EDO, EDI, BC, TC, SB and BEN signals can all be configured as GPIO inputs/outputs and default to GPIO inputs at reset unless otherwise specified by the reset control pins (TC, BEN) which can be used to enable the EEPROM or the RGB input. The GI0-4 signals can be GPIO inputs only, which is their default state unless the RGB input is enabled in which case they are used as Green[0-4]. The Host Interface also has a serial interface function built in. This uses the EDI/EDO signals as data in/out, the ECK pin as a serial clock output and the SB pin as a strobe output. The serial interface may only be used when neither the EEPROM nor the RGB input is in use. Once the device has been reset all configuration of the host interface related pins is done using the IO Mode register (IOM). Note that to enable the RGB input the XRE signal must be active low and also the appropriate register in the capture engine must be configured.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
27
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.2 Video output interface
Table 2-2 Video Output Interface Pins
DCKO DCKI HSYN VSYN CSYN DE GV R7-0 G7-0 B7-0 XRE AOR AOG AOB COMR COMG COMB VREF VRO
Pin name
Output Input I/O I/O Output Output Output Output Output Output Input
I/O
Analog Output Analog Output Analog Output Analog Analog Analog Analog Analog
Dot clock signal for display Dot clock signal input Horizontal sync signal output Horizontal sync input Vertical sync signal output Vertical sync input Composite sync signal output Display enable period signal Graphics/video switch Digital picture (R) output. . These pins are multiplexed MD53-46. These pins are available when XRE=0. Digital picture (G) output. . These pins are multiplexed MD453 8. These pins are available when XRE=0. Digital picture (B) output. These pins are multiplexed MD3732 and DQM7-6. These pins are available when XRE=0. Signal to switch between digital RGB output, capture signals /memory bus (MD 63-32, DQM7-6) Analog Signal (R) output Analog Signal (G) output Analog Signal (B) output Analog (R) Compensation output Analog (G) Compensation output Analog (B) Compensation output Analog Voltage Reference input Analog Reference Current output
Description
It is possible to output digital RGB when XRE = 0 (Memory bus = 32bit). Additional setting of external circuits can generate composite video signal. Synchronous to external video signal display can be performed. Either mode which is synchronous to DCLKI signal or one which is synchronous to dot clock, as for normal display can be selected. Since HSYNC and VSYNC signals are set to input state after reset, these signals must be pulled up LSI externally. The GV signal switches graphics and video at chroma key operation. When video is selected, the "Low" level is output. AOR, AOG and AOB must be terminated at 75 ohm. 1.1 V is input to VREF. A bypass capacitor ( with good high-frequency characteristics ) must be inserted between VREF and AVS. COMR, COMG and COMB are tied to analog VDD via 0.1 uF ceramic capacitors. VRO must be pulled down to analog ground by a 2.7 k ohm resister. When not using DAC, it is possible to connect all of analog pins(AVD, AOUTR,G,B, ACOMPR,G,B, VREF, VRO) to GND.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
28
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
The 16bit/pixel color mode and 8bit/pixel color mode are converted to digital R:G:B=8:8:8 as the below. A) 16bit/pixel color mode R:G:B=5:5:5 data in graphics memory 0 1-31 B) 8bit/pixel color mode Digital R:G:B=8:8:8 0 Add 11 to lower 2bits Formula=X*4+3 The Y,Cb,Cr mode is converted to R:G:B=8:8:8 directly. R:G:B=6:6:6 data in color palette 0 1-63 Digital R:G:B=8:8:8 0 Add 111 to lower 3bits Formula=X*8+7
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
29
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.3 Video capture interface
1. ITU-656 Input Signals
Table 2-3 Video Capture Interface Pins
CCLK VI7-0
Pin name
Input Input
I/O
Digital video input clock signal input ITU656 Digital video data input. These pins are multiplexed MD63MD56.
Description
Inputs ITU-RBT-656 format digital video signal Digital video data input can be used only when the XRE pin is "0". MD63-MD56 are assigned as the digital video data input pins. When video capture is not used and the XRE pin is 0, input the "High" level to MD63-MD56.
2. RGB Input Signals
Direct Input Mode
Pin name
RGBCLK RI5-0 GI5-0 BI5-0 VSYNCI HSYNCI
The signals used for video capture are not assigned on dedicated pins but share the same pins with other functions. There is a set of signals corresponding to the RGB capture modes.
I/O Description
Input Input
Input Input Input Input
Clock for RGB input. This pin is multiplexed CCLK. Red component value. These pins are multiplexed EE, EDI, ECS, ECK, EDO and BC. Green component value. These pins are multiplexed SB and GPI4GPI0. Blue component value. These pins are multiplexed MD61-MD56. Vertical sync for RGB capture. This pin is multiplexed MD63. Horizontal sync for RGB capture. This pin is multiplexed MD62.
Note : - the RGB bit of VCM(video capture mode) register enables RGB input mode of video capture.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
30
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.4 I2C interface
Pin name
SDA SCL I/O I/O
I/O
I2C or Video capture test signal. This pin is multiplexed MD54. I2C or Video capture test signal. This pin is multiplexed MD55.
Description
I2C interface signals can be used only when the XRE pin is "0". MD55-MD54 are assigned as the I2C interface pins. When I2C interface is not used and the XRE pin is 0, input the "High" level to MD63-MD56. Note) Input voltage level is 3.3V. Please be careful, it does not support to 5V input. (The device whose output voltage is 5V is not connectable.)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
31
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.5 Graphics memory interface
Graphics memory interface pins
Pin name
MD31 - MD0 MD53 - MD32 MD55 - MD54 MD63 - MD56 MA0 to 14 MRAS MCAS MWE DQM5 - DQM0 DQM7 - DQM6 MCLK0 MCLK1 I/O I/O I/O I/O Output Output Output Output Output Output Output Input
I/O
Description
Graphics memory bus data Graphics memory bus data or digital R7-0, G7-0, B7-2 output (when XRE = 0) Graphics memory bus data or SCL, SDA (when XRE=0) Graphics memory bus data or video input (when XRE=0) Graphics memory bus data Row address strobe Column address strobe Write enable Data mask Data mask or digital B1-0 output (when XRE = 0) Graphics memory clock output Graphics memory clock input
Connect the interface to the external memory used as memory for image data. The interface can be connected to 64-/128-/256-Mbit SD RAM (16- or 32-bit length data bus) without using any external circuit. 64 bits or 32 bits can be selected for the memory bus data. . Connect MCLKI to MCLK0. When XRE is fixed at "1", MD63 - MD32 and DQM7 - DQM6 can be used as graphics memory interface. When XRE is fixed at "0", these signals can be used as digital RGB output and digital video data input.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
32
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.6 Clock input
Table 2-4 Clock Input Pins
Pin name
CLK S CKM CSL [1:0]
I/O
Input Input Input Input
Description
Clock input signal PLL reset signal Clock mode signal Clock rate select signal
Inputs source clock for internal operation clock and display dot clock. Normally, 4 Fsc (= 14.31818 MHz: NTSC) is input. An internal PLL generates the internal operation clock of 166 MHz/133 MHz and the display base clock of 400 MHz. Even if don't use an internal PLL (use BCLKI as internal clock and use DCLKI as dot clock), don't stop the PLL (Not fixed the S pin to low level).
CKM
L H
*
Clock mode
Output from internal PLL selected PCI bus clock selected
When CKM = L, selects input clock frequency when built-in PLL used according to setting of CSL pins
CSL1
L L H H L H L H
CSL0
Input clock frequency
Inputs 13.5-MHz clock frequency Inputs 14.32-MHz clock frequency Inputs 17.73-MHz clock frequency Inputs 33.33-MHz clock frequency
Multiplication rate
x 29 x 28 x 22 x 12
Display reference clock
391.5 MHz 400.96 MHz 390.06 MHz 399.96
Please connect the crystal oscillator directly with the terminal CLK.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
33
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.7 Test pins
Table 2-5 Test Pins
Pin name
TESTH
I/O
Input Input 3.3-V power.
Description
2.3.8 Reset sequence
See Section 15.3.2.
2.3.9 How to switch internal operating frequency
* *
Switch the operating frequency immediately after a reset (before rewriting MMR mode register of external memory interface). Any operating frequency can be selected from the five combinations shown in Table 2-6.
Table 2-6 Frequency Setting Combinations
Clock for geometry engine
166 MHz 166 MHz 133 MHz 133 MHz 100 MHz
*
Clock for other than geometry engine
133 MHz 100 MHz 133 MHz 100 MHz 100 MHz
The following relationship is disabled: Clock for geometry engine < Clock for other than geometry engine
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
34
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
3. PROCEDURE OF THE HARDWARE INITIALIZATION
3.1. Hardware reset
1.Do the hardware reset. (see section 15.3.2) 2.After the hardware reset, set the CCF(Change of Frequency) register (section 13.2.1). In being unstable cycle after the hardware reset, keep 32 bus cycles open. 3. Turn OFF a pre-fetch function. Set the TRC (HostBase+00b8h) register. Please set 0x00000002 (bit1 set 1 and other set 0). 4.Set the graphics memory interface register, MMR (Memory I/F Mode Register). After setting the CCF register, take 200 us to set the MMR register. In being unstable memory access cycle, keep 32 bus cycles open. 5.Other registers, except for the CCF register and the MMR register, should be set after setting the CCF register. In case of not using memory access, the MMR register could be set in any order after the CCF register is set.
3.2. Re-reset
1. Reset XRST signal. 2. See section 3.1 for registers setting after the procedure of re-reset.
3.3. Software reset
1. Set the value of the SRST register (see section 13.2.1) for re-reset.
2. It is not necessary to reset the CCF register and the MMR register again.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
35
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
4. HOST INTERFACE
The Coral PA has a 33MHz, 32-bit PCI host interface compliant to PCI version 2.1. It includes both PCI master and PCI slave functions and an internal DMA/burst controller for multi-burst transfers of large quantities of data between all combinations of PCI data space and Coral PA internal data space. PCI EEPROM configuration is also supported. Additional functions provided by the host interface are optional host interface status/control signals which may aid in the reduction of PCI retries, the provision of general purpose IO (GPIO) signals for control of external devices via the PCI interface including support for a simple serial interface.
4.1 Standard PCI Slave Accesses
An external PCI master will access the Coral PA as a PCI slave.
4.1.1 PCI Slave Write
For a PCI slave write, data will be "posted" into a temporary buffer from where it is written to the target internal client. This temporary buffer is 8 dwords deep. PCI slave writes of any size are supported but typically a retry will occur after each 8 dword burst. Note that when writing to the display list FIFO a burst should be no more than 16 dwords (64 bytes) due to FIFO address space limitations. When the write from the temporary buffer to the internal client is being performed the Slave Busy (SB) signal becomes active. While this is happening PCI accesses will be rejected. If the SB signal is used then PCI retries may be reduced.
4.1.2 PCI Slave Read
For a PCI slave read the read requested will be passed to an internal client from where data will be fetched into the temporary buffer (8 dwords deep). Typically a retry will occur to actually fetch the data. In order to fetch the correct number of words from the read address the burst size must be specified. This is done by writing to the Slave Burst Read Size (SRBS) register. Bursts of between 1 and 8 dwords are supported. If the PCI master retries and reads less than the specified burst size then the remaining dwords will be discarded. This means that the Slave Burst Read Size can be permanently configured as 8 dwords. However there will be an increased latency on the pre-fetch stage if this is done. When data is transmitted in large quantities from a graphics memory, Please set 0x00000000 to TRC(HostBase+00b8h) before using this function. The pre-fetch function is turned ON and improves transfer rate. Please set the pre-fetch function as OFF according to the procedure of the explanation part of a TRC register after slave burst READ to the last graphic memory.
4.2 Burst Controller Accesses (including PCI Master)
The Coral PA host interface includes a burst controller which can be used for transferring large quantities of contiguous data between all combinations (source/destination) of PCI data space and Coral PA internal data space. Control/status monitoring is done through internal registers with the optional aid of external signals - Burst Complete (BC), Transfer Complete (TC) and Burst Enable (BEN).
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
36
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
A transfer can be any number of dwords from 1 to 16777215 (224-1) dwords, split up into a number of individual bursts of size from 1 to 8 dwords. If the transfer size is not an integer multiple of the burst size then the final burst of the transfer will be less than the configured burst size. A transfer is from a source address to a destination address with the source/destination being in either PCI or Coral PA data space as appropriate to the transfer mode. After each burst of a transfer the source and/or the destination address may be incremented (or not) by the burst size enabling transfers both to/from memory and also FIFO-like sources/destinations. Note that when writing to the display list FIFO, the destination address should be configured to not increment between bursts.
4.2.1 Transfer Modes
There are 6 transfer modes configurable through the Burst Setup Register (BSR). These are:
Mode
000b
Function
Slave Mode PCI to Coral PA. In this mode a PCI master writes bursts of data directly into a temporary buffer from where it is transferred to the destination address by the Burst Controller. While this can also be accomplished using simple PCI Slave writes there are benefits in using this mode when transferring large quantities of data. For a normal PCI write the Coral PA PCI slave interface is blocked until the write to the destination address has completed. Depending on the destination there may be some delay in doing this. Using the burst controller the data is transferred out of the PCI interface into the temporary buffer from where it is transferred to the destination. In this case the PCI slave interface is quickly cleared and so other operations can take place or the next burst can be written in. Slave Mode Coral PA to PCI. In this mode the burst controller reads data from a Coral PA internal address into its temporary buffer and then waits for the data to be read using a PCI slave read from this buffer's address. While this can also be accomplished using simple PCI Slave reads there are benefits in using this mode when transferring large quantities of data. A normal PCI read will typically be accomplished by a PCI read request followed by a retry to fetch the data. Using this mode the burst controller can be used to automatically fetch the next data to be read. Depending on internal latencies this should reduce the number of retries. Coral PA to Coral PA. In this mode data is read from a source address internal to Coral PA into a temporary buffer, from where it is written to a destination, also internal to Coral PA. An example of where this mode may be used is to transfer display list data from graphics memory to the display list FIFO. Reserved. PCI to Coral PA (PCI Master read). In this mode the source address is in PCI data space and the destination address internal to Coral PA. For each burst of the transfer "burst size" dwords of data are read as a PCI Master read into a temporary buffer, from where they are written to the internal destination address. An example of where this mode will be used is display list transfer to the FIFO/graphics memory. Coral PA to PCI (PCI Master write). In this mode the source address is internal to Coral PA and the destination address is in PCI data space. For each burst of the transfer "burst size" dwords of data are fetched from an internal address into a temporary buffer, from where they are written to the destination address using a PCI master write. An example of where this mode may be used is to transfer graphics memory data to external PCI memory.
001b
010b
011b 100b
101b
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
37
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
110b 111b PCI to PCI (PCI Master read/write). This mode is effectively a PCI to PCI DMA. Data is read from a source address in PCI data space into a temporary buffer from where it is written to the destination address, also in PCI data space. Reserved.
The figure below illustrates a PCI to Coral (Master Read) transfer. The Host CPU will program up the BCU registers (using normal PCI Slave writes) and trigger the transfer. The Coral then reads data from the source memory as a PCI Master and writes to the destination inside the Coral.
Memory (PCI Slave)
Coral PA
2) Master Read from source PCI Bus
RAM
3) Onward transfer to destination
BCU Internal Bus
Host CPU (PCI Master)
1) Slave Write to setup transfer
All other BCU transfers use the BCU RAM in a similar way but with source/destination dependent on transfer type.
4.2.2 Burst Controller Control/Status
All setup/control and status for the burst controller can be done through registers. These provide ways of specifying the parameters for a burst (source/destination address, address increment (or not) and burst/transfer size. In addition, a transfer can be started/paused/aborted and also its progress monitored using the enable and status registers. The key status indicators are Burst Complete and Transfer Complete, which become active at the end of each burst/transfer respectively. These may either be active high or toggle state at the end of each burst/transfer. When active high they will have to be cleared after each burst/transfer. This may be done using a clear on read mode (default) or by manually writing to the appropriate register. The burst/transfer complete indications are also available though the main interrupt status register (IST) and can trigger the main external interrupt (XINT). If being used for this they must be configured as active high (ie. not toggle mode). In addition burst/transfer complete can be made available as external signals (BC/TC) for connection directly to an external device (eg. through some form of GPIO or interrupt). Normally a transfer will be configured and enabled using internal registers. However it is possible to configure the transfer but not actually start it. An external signal (BEN) can then be used to trigger the
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
38
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
transfer and pause it between bursts. This may be useful, for example, when doing PCI Master reads from a client which takes time to pre-fetch more data for the next burst.
4.3 FIFO Transfers
Unlike Coral LQ/Coral LB there are no specific transfer mechanisms to write data into the display list FIFO. A write to the FIFO interface occurs automatically when it is specified as a destination address either for a PCI Slave Write or in a Burst Controller transfer. If this is not desired, and the main internal bus should be used, then the Override FIFO Use register may be set. Under normal circumstances there should be no need to use this feature. As previously stated when the FIFO address is specified as the destination in the Burst Controller the destination should not be incremented after each burst. This will not happen automatically and must be specifically configured. In addition when writing to the FIFO using a PCI Slave Write the FIFO address space is limited to 16 dwords (64 bytes). This means that a PCI Slave Write burst to the FIFO must not be more than 16 dwords, otherwise data will be written to invalid locations for retries after 2 bursts of 8 dwords. In normal mode when writing to the FIFO, data is written to the Geometry Engine FIFO from where it is transferred either directly to the Draw Engine FIFO or to the Geometry Engine, depending on the command. If the Geometry Engine is not in use then a direct write to the Draw Engine FIFO can be accomplished by setting Cremson Mode (CM register). When the burst controller is used to transfer data to the FIFO the rate of bursts us controlled using the current FIFO status. When the FIFO is nearly full the next burst will not occur until data is processed by the Geometry/Draw Engine. This guarantees that there will always be space for the next burst of data. If this feature is not required then it can be disabled using the FIFO Burst Mode (FBM) register.
4.4 GPIO/Serial Interface
The Host Interface supports optional register mapped General Purpose IO (GPIO) and Serial Interface functions.
4.4.1 GPIO
Depending on configuration there are up to 14 GPIO signals. 5 of these (GI0, GI1, GI2, GI3, GI4) are inputs only. The remainder (BEN,SB,TC,BC,EE,ECS,ECK,EDI, EDO) may be either input or output. All reset to GPIO inputs unless otherwise configured using the reset configuration mechanism to enable the EEPROM/RGB input. Operation of the GPIO is simply through the reading of the GPIO Data (GD) register for GPIO Inputs and writing to this register (with write mask) for the GPIO Outputs. GPIO Inputs may be configured selectively to trigger an external interrupt (via the interrupt status register (IST)) when they change state (0->1 or 1->0 transition).
4.4.2 Serial Interface
A simple serial interface is available depending on configuration. This uses the EDI/EDO pins as serial data input/output, the ECK as the serial clock output and SB as the serial interface strobe. The serial data out signal may be tri-stated when not in use. Up to 8 bits of data is shifted out/in based on the serial clock. This may be 1/16, 1/32, 1/64 or 1/128 of the main internal clock. The clock polarity may be specified to be high/low and it may be gated when the serial interface is inactive.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
39
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
The strobe signal has configurable polarity and may be active only for the first cycle of a transfer or the complete transfer. It may also be disabled completely. Configured strobe settings may be overridden on a transfer by transfer basis if required. An interrupt may be generated when a transfer is complete.
4.5 Interrupt
The Coral PA MB86296 issues interrupt requests to the host CPU. The following interrupt triggers may enabled/disabled using the Interrupt Mask Register (IMASK).
* * * * * * * * * * * * *
Vertical synchronization detect Field synchronization detect External synchronization error detect Register update Drawing command error Drawing command execution end Internal Bus/FIFO Timeout Serial Interface transfer complete GPIO input change Burst Complete Transfer Complete Host Interface Fatal (PCI error) Address Error (invalid address accessed)
In addition the I2C interface can trigger an interrupt, but this is non-maskable through the IMASK register. By default the external interrupt is active low (PCI standard) and is open drain. If required it may be configured to be active high using the Interrupt Polarity (IP) register. Once an interrupt is detected by the host it can read the interrupt status register (IST) to determine the source of the interrupt. The exception to this is the I2C interrupt. Once read the interrupt status register must be cleared by writing 0 to the appropriate bit/bits (selective clearing is possible). Note that the Burst Complete/Transfer Complete interrupts must be cleared by writing to the Burst Status (BST) register.
4.5.1 Address Error Interrupt
Certain addresses are invalid depending on operation. For example the Burst Controller cannot access the Host Interface internal registers. If an attempt is made to do this then the access will be terminated and an Address Error Interrupt triggered.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
40
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
4.6 Memory Map
The local memory base address of Coral-PA is determined by Memory Base Address Register 0 (PCI Byte Address=0x10) in PCI Configuration Registers. The following shows the local memory map of Coral PA to the host CPU memory space.
64 MB Space
Graphics memory area Register area
32 MB to 256 KB 256 KB
0000000 to 1FBFFFF 1FC0000 to 1FFFFFF
32 MB
Graphics memory area
2000000 to 3FFFFFF
Fig. 3.1 Memory Map Table 3-4 Address Space
Size
32 MB to 256 KB 64 KB 32 KB 32 KB 64 KB 32 KB 32 KB 32 MB
Resource
Graphics Memory Host interface registers (I2C interface registers) Display registers Video capture registers Internal texture memory Drawing registers Geometry engine registers Graphics memory
Base address
00000000 01FC0000 (01FCC000) 01FD0000 01FD8000 01FE0000 01FF0000 01FF8000 02000000
(Name)
(HostBase) (I2CBase) (DisplayBase) (CaptureBase) (TextureBase) (DrawBase) (GeometryBase)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
41
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
If required the register area can be moved by writing 1 to bit 0 at HostBase + 005Ch (RSW: Register location Switch). In the initial state, the register space is at the center (1FC0000) of the 64 MB space. Coral PA may be accessed after about 20 bus clocks after writing 1 to RSW.
64 MB space
32 MB
Graphics memory area
0000000 to 1FFFFFF
32 MB to 256 KB
Graphics memory area Register area
2000000 to 3FBFFFF
256 KB
3FC0000 to 3FFFFFF
Fig. 3.2 Alternate Memory Map Table 3-5 Alternate Address Mapping
Size
64 MB to 256 KB 64 KB 32 KB 32 KB 64 KB 32 KB 32 KB
Resource
Graphics memory Host interface registers (I2C interface registers) Display registers Video capture registers Internal texture memory Drawing registers Geometry engine registers
Base address
00000000 03FC0000 (03FCC000) 03FD0000 03FD8000 03FE0000 0 3FF0000 03FF8000
(Name)
(HostBase) (I2CBase) (DisplayBase) (CaptureBase) (TextureBase) (DrawBase) (GeometryBase)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
42
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5. I 2C Interface Controller
5.1 Features
- Master transmission and receipt - Slave transmission and receipt - Arbitration - Clock synchronization - Detection of slave address - Detection of general call address - Detection of transfer direction - Repeated generation and detection of START condition - Detection of bus error - Correspondence to standard-mode (100kbit/s ) / high-speed-mode (400kbit/s)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
43
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.2 Block diagram
5.2.1 Block Diagram
SDA SCL noise filter START condition/STOP condition detecting circuit ADR Comparater Host Bus Host IF DAR BSR BCR CCR Arbitration Lost detecting circuit START condition/STOP condition generating circuit Shift Clock generating circuit
I2C UNIT
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
44
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.2.2 Block Function Overview
START condition / STOP condition detecting circuit
This circuit performs detection of START condition and STOP condition from the state of SDA and SCL. This circuit performs generation of START condition and STOP condition by changing the state of SDA and SCL.
START condition / STOP condition generating circuit
Arbitration Lost detecting circuit
This circuit compares the data output to SDA line with the data input into SDA line at the time of data transmission, and it checks whether these data is in agreement. When not in agreement, it generates arbitration lost.
Shift Clock generating circuit Comparater ADR
This circuit performs generating timing count of the clock for serial data transfer, and output control of SCL clock by setup of a clock control register. Comparater compares whether the received address and the self-address appointed to be the address register is in agreement, and whether the received address is a global address. ADR is the 7-bit register which appoints a slave address.
DAR BSR
DAR is the 8-bit register used by serial data transfer. BSR is the 8-bit register for the state of I2C bus etc. This register has following functions: - detection of repeated START condition - detection of arbitration lost - storage of acknowledge bit - data transfer direction - detection of addressing - detection of general call address - detection of the 1st byte BCR is the 8-bit register which performs control and interruption of I2C bus. This register has following functions: - request / permission of interruption - generation of START condition - selection of master / slave - permission to generate acknowledge
BCR
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
45
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CCR
CCR is the 7-bit register used by serial data transfer. This register has following functions: - permission of operation - setup of a serial clock frequency - selection of standard-mode / high-speed-mode
Noise filter
This noise filter consists of a 3 step shift register. When all three value that carried out the continuation sampling of the SCL/SDA input signals is "1", the filter output is "1". Conversely when all three value is "0", the filter output is "0". To other samplings it holds the state before 1 clock.
5.3 Example application
5.3.1 Connection Diagram
3.3V
Slave Device
SDA SCL
SDA SCL
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
46
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.4 Function overview
Two bi-directional buses, serial data line (SDA) and serial clock line (SCL), carry information at I2Cbus. Scarlet I2C interface has SDA input (SDAI) and SDA output (SDAO) for SDA and is connected to SDA line via open-drain I/O cell. And this interface also has SCL input (SCLI) and SCL output (SCLO) for SCL line and is connected to SCL line via open-drain I/O cell. The wired theory is used when the interface is connected to SDA line and SCL line.
5.4.1 START condition
If "1" is written to MSS bit while the bus is free, this module will become a master mode and will generate START condition simultaneously. In a master mode, even if a bus is in a use state (BB=1), START condition can be generated again by writing "1" to SCC bit. There are two conditions to generate START condition. - "1" writing to MSS bit in the state where the bus is not used (MSS=0 & BB=0 & INT=0 & AL=0) - "1" writing to SCC bit in the interruption state in a master mode (MSS=1 & BB=1 & INT=1 & AL=0) If "1" writing is performed to MSS bit in an idol state, AL bit will be set to "1". "1" writing to MSS bit other than the above is disregarded.
SDA
SCL
START condition
5.4.2 STOP condition
If "0" is written to MSS bit in a master mode (MSS=1), this module will generate STOP condition and will become a slave mode. There is a condition to generate STOP condition. - "0" writing to MSS bit in the interruption state in a master mode (MSS=1 & BB=1 & INT=1 & AL=0) "0" writing to MSS bit other than the above is disregarded.
SDA
SCL
STOP condition
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
47
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
In a master mode, it is set to BB="1" and TRX="0" after generation of START condition, and the contents of DAR register are output from MSB. When this module receives acknowledge after transmission of address data, the bit-0 of transmitting data (bit-0 of DRA register after transmission) is reversed and it is stored in TRX bit.
5.4.3 Addressing
- Transfer format of slave address
A transfer format of slave address is shown below: MSB A6 A5 A4 A3 slave address A2 A1 A0 LSB R/W ACK
- Map of slave address A map of slave address is shown below: slave address 0000 000 0000 000 0000 001 0000 010 0000 011 0 0 0 0 1XX 0 0 0 1 XXX 1 1 1 0 XXX 1 1 1 1 0 XX 1 1 1 1 1 XX R/W 0 1 X X X X X X X Description General call address START byte CBUS address Reserved Reserved Reserved Available slave address 10-bit slave addressing*1 Reserved
*1 This module does not support 10-bit slave address.
5.4.4 Synchronization of SCL
When two or more I2C devices turn into a master device almost simultaneously and drive SCL line, each devices senses the state of SCL line and adjusts the drive timing of SCL line automatically in accordance with the timing of the latest device.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
-----
48
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
When other masters have transmitted data simultaneously at the time of master transmission, arbitration takes places. When its own transmitting data is "1" and the data on SDA line is "0", the master considers that the arbitration was lost and sets "1" to AL. And if the master is going to generate START condition while the bus is in use by other master, it will consider that arbitration was lost and will set "1" to AL. When the START condition which other masters generated is detected by the time the master actually generated START condition, even when it checked the bus is in nonuse state and wrote in MSS="1", it considers that the arbitration was lost and sets "1" to AL. When AL bit is set to "1", a master will set MSS="0" and TRX= "0" and it will be a slave receiving mode. When the arbitration is lost (it has no royalty of a bus), a master stops a drive of SDA. However, a drive of SCL is not stopped until 1 byte transfer is completed and interruption is cleared.
5.4.5 Arbitration
5.4.6 Acknowledge
Acknowledge is transmitted from a reception side to a transmission side. At the time of data reception, acknowledge is stored in LRB bit by ACK bit. When the acknowledge from a master reception side is not received at the time of slave transmission, it sets TRX="0" and becomes slave receiving mode. Thereby, a master can generate STOP condition when a slave opens SCL.
5.4.7 Bus error
When the following conditions are satisfied, it is judged as a bus error, and this interface will be in a stop state. - Detection of the basic regulation violation on I2C-bus under data transfer (including ACK bit) - Detection of STOP condition in a master mode - Detection of the basic regulation violation on I2C-bus at the time of bus idol
SDA D7 D6 D5
SCL
START
1
2
3
SDA changed under data transmission (SCL=H). It becomes bus error.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
49
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.4.8 Initialize
Start
ADR: write CCR: write CS[4:0]: write EN: 1write
setup of slave address
setup of clock frequency setup of macro enable
BCR: write BER: 0write BEIE: 1write INT: 0write INTE: 1write
setup of interruption
End
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
50
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.4.9 1-byte transfer from master to slave
master DAR: write MSS: 1write BB set,TRX set
Start
slave
START condition
BB set,TRX reset
Transfer of address data
AAS set
LRB reset INT set, TRX set DAR: write INT: 0write
Acknowledge
INT set,TRX reset ACK: 1write INT: 0write
Interruption
data transfer
LRB reset INT set
acknowledge
INT set DAR: read INT: 0write BB reset,TRX reset AAS reset
interruption
MSS: 0write INT reset BB reset, TRX reset
STOP condition
End
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
51
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.4.10 1-byte transfer from slave to master
master DAR:write MSS:1write BB set , T RX set
Start
slave
START condition
BB set, TRX reset
Transfer of address data
AAS set
LRB reset INT set, TRX set ACK: 0write INT: 0write
Acknowledge
INT set, TRX reset DAR: write INT: 0write
Iterruption
Data transfer
Negative acknowledge
LRB set, RTX set IN T set
INT set DAR: read MSS: 0write INT reset BB reset, TRX reset
Interruption
INT: 0write BB reset, TRX reset AAS reset
STOP condition
End
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
52
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.4.11 Recovery from bus error
Start
BCR: write BER: 0write BEIE: 1write CCR: write CS[4:0]: write EN: 1write
Cancellation of error flag
Setup of clock frequency Setup of macro enable
BCR: write BER: 0write BEIE: 1write INT: 0write INTE: 1write
Setup of interruption
End
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
53
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
5.5 Note
A ) About a 10-bit slave address
This module does not support the 10-bit slave address. Therefore, please do not specify the slave address of from 78H to 7bH to this module. If it is specified by mistake, a normal transfer cannot be performed although acknowledge bit is returned at the time of 1 byte reception. Competition of the following byte transfer, generation of START condition, and generation of STOP condition happens by the simultaneous writing of SCC, MSS, and INT bit. At this time the priority is as follows. 1) The following byte transfer and generation of STOP condition If "0" is written to INT bit and "0" is written to MSS bit, priority will be given to "0" writing to MSS bit and STOP condition will be generated. 2) The following byte transfer and generation of START condition If "0" is written to INT bit and "1" is written to SCC bit, priority will be given to "1" writing to SCC bit and START condition will be generated. 3) Generation of START condition and generation of STOP condition The simultaneous writing of "1" in SCC bit and "0" to MSS bit is prohibition. When the delay of the positive edge of SCL terminal is large or when the clock is extended by the slave device, it may become smaller than setting value (calculation value) because of generation of overhead.
B ) About competition of SCC, MSS, and INT bit
C ) About setup of S serial transfer clock
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
54
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
6. Graphics Memory
6.1. Configuration
The Coral uses local external memory (Graphics memory) for drawing and display management. The configuration of this Graphics memory is described as follows:
6.1.1. Data type
The Coral handles the following types of data. Display list can be stored in the host (main) memory as well. Texture/tile pattern and text pattern can be defined by a display list as well.
Drawing Frame
This is a rectangular image data field for 2D/3D drawing. The Coral is able to have plural drawing frames and display a part of these area if it is set to be bigger than display size. The maximum size is 4096x4096 pixel in 32 pixel units. And both indirect color ( 8 bits / pixel) and direct color ( 16 bits / pixel) mode are applicable.
Display Frame Z Buffer
This is a rectangle picture area for display. The Coral is able to set display layer up to 6 layers.
Z buffer is required for eliminating hidden surfaces. In 16 bits modes, 2 bytes and in 8 bits mode, 1 byte are required per 1 pixel. This area has to be cleared before drawing.
Polygon Drawing Flag Buffer
This area is used for polygon drawing. It is required 1 bit memory area per 1 pixel and 1 x-axis line area both backward and forward of it. This area has to be cleared before drawing.
Frame buffer, Z buffer, Displaylist and etc By XRES size
Base Address of Polygon Drawing Buffer(PFBR)
By drawing frame sizy By XRES size Frame buffer, Z buffer, Displaylist and etc
Polygon drawing flag area => (Y resolution + 2) * X resolution
Displaylist Buffer Texture Pattern Cursor Pattern
The displaylist is a list of drawing commands and parameters. This pattern is used for texture mapping. The maximum size is up to 4096 x 4096 pixels.
This is used for hardware cursor. The data format is indirect color ( 8 bits / pixel) mode. And the Coral is able to display two cursor of 64 x 64 pixel size.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
55
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
6.1.2. Memory Mapping
A graphics memory is mapped linearly to host CPU address field. Each of these above data is able to be allocated anywhere in the Graphics memory according to the respective register setting. ( However there is some restrictions of an addressing boundary depending on a data type.)
6.1.3. Data Format
Direct Color ( 16 bits / pixel )
15
This data format is described RGB as each 5 bit. Bit15 is used for alpha bit of layer blending. A
14 13 12
R
11
10
9
8
G
7
6
5
4
3
B
2
1
0
This data format is a color index code for looking up table (palette).
7 6 5
Indirect Color ( 8 bits / pixel )
4
Color Code
3
2
1
0
Z Value
15
It is possible to use Z value as 8 bits or 16 bits. These data format are unsigned integer. 1 ) 16 bits mode
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Unsigned Integer
1 0
2 ) 8 bits mode
7 6
5
Unsigned Integer
4
3
2
This data format is 1 bit per 1 pixel.
P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 P9
31 30 29 28 27 26 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Polygon Drawing Flag
P31 P30 P29 P28 P27 P26 P25 P24 P23 P22 P21 P20 P19 P18 P17 P16
25
P8
8
24
P7
7
23
P6
6
22
P5
5
21
P4
4
20
P3
3
19
P2
18
2
P1
17
1
P0
16
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
56
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
It is possible to use a pattern as direct color mode ( 16 bits / pixel) or indirect color mode ( 8 bits / pixel). 1 ) Direct color mode ( 16 bits / pixel) This data format is described RGB as each 5 bit. Bit15 is used for alpha bit of stencil or stencil blending. ( Only texture mapping)
15
Texture / Tile Pattern
A
14
13
12
R
11
10
9
8
G
7
6
5
4
3
B
2
1
0
2) Indirect color mode ( 8 bits / pixel) This data format is a color index code for looking up table (palette).
7 6 5
Color Code
4
3
2
1
0
This data format is a color index code for looking up table (palette).
7 6 5
Cursor Pattern
Color Code
4
3
2
1
0
This data format is Y:Cb:Cr=4:2:2 and 32 bits per 2 pixel.
15 31 14 30 13 29 12 28
Video Capture data
Y0 Y1
11 27
10 26
9 25
8 24
7 23
6 22
5 21
4 20
Cb Cr
3 19
2 18
1 17
0 16
This data format is described RGB as each 8 bit. Bit31 is used for alpha bit of layer blending. But the Coral does not support this color mode drawing. Therefore please draw this layer by CPU writing.
15 31 14 30 13 29 12 28
Direct Color ( 32 bits / pixel )
G
11 27
10 26
9 25
8 24
7 23
6 22
5 21
4 20
B R
3 19
2 18
1 17
0 16
A
Reserved
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
57
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
6.2. Frame Management
6.2.1. Single Buffer
The entire or partial area of the drawing frame is assigned as a display frame. The display field is scrolled by relocating the position of the display frame. When the display frame crosses the border of the drawing frame, the other side of the drawing frame is displayed, assuming that the drawing frame is rolled over (top and left edges assumed logically connected to bottom and right edges, respectively). To avoid the affect of drawing on display, the drawing data can be transferred to the Graphics Memory in the blanking time period.
6.2.2. Double Buffer
Two drawing frames are set. While one frame is displayed, drawing is done at the other frame. Flicker-less animation can be performed by flipping these two frames back and forth. Flipping is done in the blanking time period. There are two flipping modes: automatically at every scan frame period, and by user control. The double buffer is assigned independently for the L2, L3, L4, L5 layers.
6.3. Memory Access
6.3.1. Memory Access by host CPU
Graphics memory is mapped linearly to host CPU address field. The host CPU can access the Graphics memory like a SRAM.
6.3.2. Priority of memory accessing
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Refresh Video Capture Display processing Host CPU accessing Drawing accessing
The priority of Graphics memory accessing is the follows:
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
58
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
6.4. Connection with memory
6.4.1. Connection with memory
The memory controller of Coral supports simple connection with SD/FCRAM by setting MMR(Memory Mode Register). If there is N(=11 to 13) address pins in SD/FCRAM, please connect the SD/FCRAM address(A[n]) pin to the Coral's memory address(MA[n]) pin and SD/FCRAM bank pin to the Coral's next address(MA[N]) pin. Then please set MMR by a number and type of memory. The follows are the connection table between Coral pin and SD/FCRAM pin. Coral pins MA[11:0] MA12 MA13
64M bit SDRAM(x16 bit)
SDRAM pins A[11:0] BA0 BA1 SDRAM pins A[11:0] BA0 BA1 SDRAM pins A[12:0] BA0 BA1
64M bit SDRAM(x32 bit)
Coral pins MA[10:0] MA11 MA12
SDRAM pins A[10:0] BA0 BA1 SDRAM pins A[11:0] BA0 BA1 FCRAM pins A[10:0] BA
Coral pins MA[11:0] MA12 MA13 Coral pins MA[12:0] MA13 MA14
128M bit SDRAM(x16 bit)
128M bit SDRAM(x32 bit)
Coral pins MA[11:0] MA12 MA13 Coral pins MA[10:0] MA11
256M bit SDRAM(x16 bit)
16M bit FCRAM(x16 bit)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
59
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7. DISPLAY CONTROLLER
7.1 Overview
Display control
Window display can be performed for six layers. Window scrolling, etc., can also be performed. Backward compatibility with previous products is supported in the four-layer display mode or in the left/right split display mode.
Backward compatibility Video timing generator Color look-up Cursor
The video display timing is generated according to the display resolution (from 320 x 240 to 1024 x 768).
There are two sets of color look-up tables by palette RAM for the indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel). Two sets of hardware cursor patterns (8 bits/pixel, 64 x 64 pixels each) can be used.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
60
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.2 Display Function
7.2.1 Layer configuration
Six-layer window display is performed. Layer overlay sequence can be set in any order. A four-layer display mode and left/right split display mode are also provided, supporting backward compatibility with previous products.
L0 (L0WX,L0WY) L5 (L5WX,L5WY) L4 (L4WX,L4WY) L2 (L2WX,L2WY) L1 (L1WX,L1WY) L0,L2,L4 (0,0) L1 (WX,WY) L3,L5 (HDB+1,0)
L3 (L3WX,L3WY)
background color
(a) Six layerd window display
(b) Four layered display for downward compatibility
Configuration of Display Layers
The correspondence between the display layers for this product and for previous products is shown below. Coordinates of starting point Width/height Layer correspondence Window mode Compatibility Window mode Compatibility mode mode
L0 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 C W ML MR BL BR (L0WX, L0WY) (L1WX, L1WY) (L2WX, L2WY) (L3WX, L3WY) (L4WX, L4WY) (L5WX, L5WY) (0, 0) (WX, WY) (0, 0) (HDB, 0) (0, 0) (HDB, 0) (L0WW, L0WH + 1) (L1WW, L1WH + 1) (L2WW, L2WH + 1) (L3WW, L3WH + 1) (L4WW, L4WH + 1) (L5WW, L5WH + 1) (HDP + 1, VDP + 1) (WW, WH + 1) (HDB + 1, VDP + 1) (HDP - HDB, VDP + 1) (HDB + 1, VDP + 1) (HDP - HDB, VDP + 1)
C, W, ML, MR, BL, and BR above mean layers for previous products. The window mode or the compatibility mode can be selected for each layer. It is possible to use new functions through minor program changes by allowing the coexistence of display modes instead of separating them completely. However, if high resolutions are displayed, the count of layers that can be displayed simultaneously and pixel data may be restricted according to the graphics memory ability to supply data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
61
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.2.2 Overlay
(1) Overview Image data for the six layers (L0 to L5) is processed as shown below.
L0(C) data Cursor0 data Cursor1 data L1(W) data L2(ML) data L3(MR) data L4(BL) data L5(BR) data L2 data L3 data L4 data L5 data Pallet-0
Overlay
Pallet-1 Layer Selector
YUV/RGB
Pallet-2 Pallet-3
The fundamental flow is: Palette Layer selection Blending. The palettes convert 8-bit color codes to the RGB format. The layer selector exchanges the layer overlay sequence arbitrarily. The blender performs blending using the blend coefficient defined for each layer or overlays in accordance with the transparent-color definition. The L0 layer corresponds to the C layer for previous products and shares the palettes with the cursor. As a result, the L0 layer and cursor are overlaid before blend operation. The L1 layer corresponds to the W layer for previous products. To implement backward compatibility with previous products, the L1 layer and lower layers are overlaid before blend operation. The L2 to L5 layers have two paths; in one path, these layers are input to the blender separately and in the other, these layers and the L1 layer are overlaid and then are input to the blender. When performing processing using the extended mode, select the former; when performing the same processing as previous products, select the latter. It is possible to specify which one to select for each layer.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
62
Blender
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
(2) Overlay mode Image layer overlay is performed in two modes: simple priority mode, and blend mode. In the simple priority mode, processing is performed according to the transparent color defined for each layer. When the color is a transparent color, the value of the lower layer is used as the image value for the next stage; when the color is not a transparent color, the value of the layer is used as the image value for the next stage. Dview = Dnew (when Dnew does not match transparent color) = Dlower (when Dnew matches transparent color) When the L1 layer is in the YCbCr mode, transparent color checking is not performed for the L1 layer; processing is always performed assuming that transparent color is not used. In the blend mode, the blend ratio "r" defined for each layer is specified using 8-bit tolerance, and the following operation is performed: Dview = Dnew*r + Dlower*(1 - r) Blending is enabled for each layer by mode setting and a specific bit of the pixel is set to "1". For 8 bits/pixel, the MSB of RAM data enables blending; for 16 bits/pixel, the MSB of data of the relevant layer enables blending; for 24 bits/pixel, the MSB of the word enables blending. (3) Blend coefficient layer In the normal blend mode, the blend coefficient is fixed for each layer. However, in the blend coefficient layer mode, the L5 layer can be used as the blend coefficient layer. In this mode, the blend coefficient can be specified for each pixel, providing gradation, for example. When using this mode, set the L5 layer to 8 bits/pixel, widow display mode and extend overlay mode.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
63
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.2.3 Display parameters
The display area is defined according to the following parameters. independently at the respective register.
HSP HDP HDB LnWY VDP LnWX LnWW LnWH HTP HSW
Each parameter is set
VTR VSW
VSP
Fig. 5.1 Display Parameters
Note: The actual parameter settings are little different from the above. The details, please refer "14.3.1 Interlaced mode".
HTP HSP HSW HDP HDB VTR VSP VSW VDP LnWX LnWY LnWW LnWH Horizontal Total Pixels Horizontal Synchronize pulse Position Horizontal Synchronize pulse Width Horizontal Display Period Horizontal Display Boundary Vertical Total Raster Vertical Synchronize pulse Position Vertical Synchronize pulse Width Vertical Display Period Layer n Window position X Layer n Window position Y Layer n Window Width Layer n Window Height
When not splitting the window, set HDP to HDB and display only the left side of the window. The settings must meet the following relationship: 0 < HDB HDP < HSP < HSP + HSW + 1 < HTP 0 < VDP < VSP < VSP + VSW + 1 < VTR
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
64
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.2.4 Display position control
The graphic image data to be displayed is located in the logical 2D coordinates space (logical graphics space) in the Graphics Memory. There are six logical graphics spaces as follows:
* * * * * *
L0 layer L1 layer L2 layer L3 layer L4 layer L5 layer
The relation between the logical graphics space and display position is defined as follows:
Origin Address (OA) Stride (W)
Display Address (DA) Display Position X,Y (DX,DY) Logical Frame
Height (H)
VDP
Display Frame
HDP
Fig. 5.2 Display Position Parameters
OA W H DA DX DY Origin Address Stride Height Display Address Display Position Origin address of logical graphics space. Memory address of top left edge pixel in logical frame origin Width of logical graphics space. Defined in 64-byte unit Height of logical graphics space. Total raster (pixel) count of field Display origin address. Top left position address of display frame origin Display origin coordinates. Coordinates in logical framespace of display frame origin
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
65
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
MB8629x scans the logical graphics space as if the entire space is rolled over in both the horizontal and vertical directions. Using this function, if the display frame crosses the border of the logical graphics space, the part outside the border is covered with the other side of the logical graphics space, which is assumed to be connected cyclically as shown below:
Logical Frame Origin 64 w Previous display origin New display origin
L
Additionally drawn area
Fig. 5.3 Wrap Around of Display Frame
The expression of the X and Y coordinates in the frame and their corresponding linear addresses (in bytes) is shown below. A(x,y) = x x bpp/8 + 64wy (bpp = 8 or 16) The origin of the displayed coordinates has to be within the frame. To be more specific, the parameters are subject to the following constraints: 0 DX < w x 64 x 8/bpp (bpp = 8 or 16) 0 DY < H DX, DY, and DA have to indicate the same point within the frame. In short, the following relationship must be satisfied. DA = OA + DX x bpp/8 + 64w x DY (bpp = 8 or 16)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
66
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.3 Display Color
Color data is displayed in the following modes:
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) Direct color (16 bits/pixel) Direct color (24 bits/pixel)
In this mode, the index of the palette RAM is displayed. Data is converted to image data consisting of 6 bits for R, G, and B via the palette RAM and is then displayed. Each level of R, G, and B is represented using 5 bits.
Each level of R, G, and B is represented using 8 bits.
YCbCr color (16 bits/pixel)
In this mode, image data is displayed with YCbCr = 4:2:2. Data is converted to image data consisting of 8 bits for R, G, and B using the operation circuit and isthen displayed.
The display colors for each layer are shown below.
Layer
L0 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P0) Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1), YCbCr Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1) Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1) Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1) Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1)
Compatibility mode
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P0) Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1), YCbCr Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P2) Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P3) Direct color (16, 24) Direct color (16, 24)
Extended mode
"Pn" stands for the corresponding palette RAM. Four palettes are used as follows:
Palette 0 (P0) Palette 1 (P1)
This palette corresponds to the C-layer palette for previous products. This palette is used for the L0 layer. This palette can also be used for the cursor.
This palette corresponds to the M/B layer palette for previous products. In the compatibility mode, this palette is common to layers L1 to 5. In the extended mode, this palette is dedicated to the L1 layer.
Palette 2 (P2) Palette 3 (P3)
This palette is dedicated to the L2 layer. This palette can be used only for the extended mode.
This palette is dedicated to the L3 layer. This palette can be used only for the extended mode.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
67
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.4 Cursor
7.4.1 Cursor display function
CORAL can display two hardware cursors. Each cursor is specified as 64 x 64 pixels, and the cursor pattern is set in the Graphics Memory. The indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) is used and the L0 layer palette is used. However, transparent color control (handling of transparent color code and code 0) is independent of L0 layer. Blending with lower layer is not performed.
7.4.2 Cursor control
The display priority for hardware cursors is programmable. The cursor can be displayed either on upper or lower the L0 layer using this feature. A separate setting can be made for each hardware cursor. If part of a hardware cursor crosses the display frame border, the part outside the border is not shown. Usually, cursor 0 is preferred to cursor 1. However, with cursor 1 displayed upper the L0 layer and cursor 0 displayed lower the L0 layer, the cursor 1 display is preferred to the cursor 0.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
68
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.5 Display Scan Control
7.5.1 Applicable display
The following table shows typical display resolutions and their synchronous signal frequencies. The pixel clock frequency is determined by setting the division rate of the display reference clock. The display reference clock is either the internal PLL (400.9 MHz at input frequency of 14.318 MHz), or the clock supplied to the DCLKI input pin. The following table gives the clock division rate used when the internal PLL is the display reference clock:
Table 4-1 Resolution and Display Frequency
Resolution
320 x 240 400 x 240 480 x 240 640 x 480 854 x 480 800 x 600 1024 x 768
Division rate of reference clock
1/60 1/48 1/40 1/16 1/12 1/10 1/6
Horizontal Horizontal Vertical Pixel Vertical frequency total pixel frequency total raster frequency count count
6.7 MHz 8.4 MHz 10.0 MHz 25.1 MHz 33.4 MHz 40.1 MHz 66.8 MHz 424 530 636 800 1062 1056 1389 15.76 kHz 15.76 kHz 15.76 kHz 31.5 kHz 31.3 kHz 38.0 kHz 48.1 kHz 263 263 263 525 525 633 806 59.9 Hz 59.9 Hz 59.9 Hz 59.7 Hz 59.9 Hz 60.0 Hz 59.9 Hz
Pixel frequency = 14.318 MHz x 28 x reference clock division rate (when internal PLL selected) = DCLKI input frequency x reference clock division rate (when DCLKI selected) Horizontal frequency = Pixel frequency/Horizontal total pixel count Vertical frequency = Horizontal frequency/Vertical total raster count
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
69
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.5.2 Interlace display
CORAL can perform both a non-interlace display and an interlace display. When the DCM register synchronization mode is set to interlace video (11), images in memory are output in odd and even rasters alternately to each field, and one frame (odd + even fields) forms one screen. When the DCM register synchronization mode is set to interlace (10), images in memory are output in raster order. The same image data is output to odd fields and even fields. Consequently, the count of rasters on the screen is half of that of interlace video. However, unlike the non-interlace mode, there is a distinction between odd and even fields depending on the phase relationship between the horizontal and vertical synchronous signals. Odd Eve n
Non-Interlace
Interlace Video
Interlace
Fig. 5.4 Display Difference between Synchronization Modes
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
70
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.6 Video Interface, NTSC/PAL Output
To achieve NTSC/PAL signals, a NTSC/PAL encoder must be connected externally as shown below:
CORAL AOUTR AOUTG AOUTB CSYNC CLK 14.318 MHz NTSC Encoder R-IN G-IN B-IN CSYNC-IN Fsc-IN VIDEO-OUT
1/4
Fig. 5.6 Example of NTSC/PAL Encoder Connection
Note) The neither CSYNC and VSYNC pins are impossible to output the 2.5H width signal.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
71
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.7 Programmable YCbCr/RGB conversion for L1-layer display
L1-layer can display video data in YCbCr format but RGB conversion coefficients are hard-wired and fixed about previous products. Coral-PA can program RGB conversion coefficients by registers. YCbCr data is converted by following expression. R = a11*Y + a12*(Cb 128) + a13*(Cr-128) + b1 - G = a21*Y + a22*(Cb 128) + a23*(Cr-128) + b2 - B = a31*Y + a32*(Cb-128) + a33*(Cr-128) + b3 aij ---- 11bit signed real ( lower 8bit is fraction, two's complement ) bi ----- 9bit signed integer ( two's complement ) It is represended by matrix operation.
R Y G = A Cb-128 + b B Cr-128 where a11 a12 a13 a21 a22 a23 a31 a32 a33 b1 b2 b3
A=
,b=
These parameters are set on registers shown bellow. L1YCR0 (a11,a12), L1YCR1(a13,b1) L1YCG0 (a21,a22), L1YCG1(a23,b2) L1YCB0 (a31,a32), L1YCB1(a33,b3) Same conversion with previous products is applied by initial values of these registers after reset. The register values just after reset is as follow. a11 = 0x12b (299/256) , a12 = 0x0, a13 = 0x198 (408/256) a21 = 0x12b (299/256), a22 = 0x79c (-100/256), a23 = 0x72f (-206/256) a31 = 0x12b (299/256), a32 = 0x204 (516/256), a33 = 0x0 b1= b2= b3= 0x1f0 (-16) Addition of a constant value into b means inclease of brightness. It is possible to control brightness, contrast, hue , color saturation by change these parameters. Multiplication of a constant scalar value greater than one into A means increase of contrast.
Two dimentional rotation of Cb-128 and Cr-128 means change of hue. Color saturation is intensity of color, relative to Y-component. New coefficients including these changes can be got by following expression.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
72
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
A = c1 A0 b = bo +
10 0 0 cos(t) sin(t) 0 -sin(t) cos(t) c3 c3 c3
100 c1 0 0 c2 0 = A0 0 cos(t)c1c2 0 0 c2 0 -sin(t)c1c2
0 sin(t)c1c2 cos(t)c1c2
A0 , b0 : initial value
c1: contrast parameter, 1 is standard. 1.2 is stronger, for example. c2: color saturation parameter, 1 is standard. 0 means mono chrome image. c3: brightness parameter, 0 is standard. t : hue rotation parameter, 0-deg is standard Note: new aij and bi should be clipped in valid range of value for corresponding registers.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
73
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.8 DCLKO shift
1) Delay DCLKO delay function is available if internal PLL is used for DCLK. CKDe-bit of DCM3 enables this function. Delay number is specified at CKDn-field of DCM3 register. CKDn 00000 00001 00010 : 11110 11111 delay t 1.5t 2t : 16t 16.5t
t= one cycle of internal PLL or 2.5ns (400MHz osc). 2) Inversion DCLKO inversion is also available with/without delay function. This function is effective with no relation to DCLK clock source. CKinv-bit of DCM3 enables this function.
7.9 Synchronous register update of display
To update position related parameters without disturbing display, it is need to update synchronously with VSYNC interrupt and finish at a time. This synchronous register update mode eases this limitation. In this mode, written parameters are hold in intermediate registers and update at once synchronously with VSYNC. RUM bit of DCM3 register enables this mode. RUF-bit of DCM3 register controls start of update and shows whether update is done or not.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
74
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
7.10 Dual Display
This function enables to display for two screens in which including layers can be selected respectively. MSen-bit of MSC register enables this function. SC0en-field of MSC register defines which layers and cursors are included in screen "0". SC1en-field of MSC register defines which layers and cursors are included in screen "1". bit-0 --- L0 is included bit-1 --- L1 is included : bit-5 --- L5 is included bit-6 --- Cursor0 is included bit-7 --- Cursor1 is included A layer or cursor can be included in both screens or one screen. There are two modes to output two screens. In parallel mode, one screen is output at digital output while another screen is output at analog output. In multiplex mode, two screens are multiplexed and output at digital output. (1) parallel output mode
DCLKO(SDR) DCLKO(DDR) DE Digital RGB Analog RGB
sc0 sc1 sc0 sc1 sc0 sc1
Note: Analog RGB is shown as corresponding data value
(2) multiplex output mode
DCLKO(SDR) DCLKO(DDR) DE Digital RGB Analog RGB
sc0 sc1 sc0 sc1 sc1 sc0 sc1 sc1 sc1
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
Note: Analog RGB is shown as corresponding data value
75
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
In DDR (double data rate) DCLKO mode, two ouput phases can be identified both edge of DCLKO. In SDR (sindle data rate) DCLKO mode, two output phases cab be identified an edge of HSYNC or DE.
DCLKO(SDR) HSYNC Digital RGB DE even clocks ref edge sc0 is first
sc0
sc1
POM(parallel output mode) bit in DCM3 register definess which output mode is used, parallel or multiplex. CKddr( clock for double data rate) bit in DCM3 registerdefiness which DCLKO clock mode is used, SDR or DDR. The dual display function can not be used with external sync mode.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
76
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8. Video Capture
8.1 Video Capture function
8.1.1 Input data Formats
The digital video stream of ITU RBT-656 or RGB666 format conformity is inputted (for details refer to 8.5 external video signal input conditions).
8.1.2 Capturing of Video Signal
"Coral-PA" becomes effective when VIE of a video capture mode register (VCM) is 1, and it is CCLK. Synchronizing with a clock, video stream data is captured from 8-bit VI pin or 20-bit RGB input pin.
8.1.3 Non-interlace Transformation
Captured video graphics can be displayed in non-interlaced format. Two modes (BOB and WEAVE) can be selected at non-interlace transformation. - BOB Mode In odd fields, the even-field raster generated by average interpolation are added to produce one frame. In even fields, the odd-field raster generated by average interpolation are added to produce one frame. In order to choose BOB mode, while enable vertical interpolation in VI bit of a VCM (Video Capture Mode) register, the L1IM bit of L1M (L1-layer Mode) register is set as 0. - WEAVE Mode Odd and even fields are merged in the video capture buffer to produce one frame. Vertical resolutions in the WEAVE mode are higher than those in the BOB mode but raster dislocation appears at moving places. In order to choose WEAVE mode, while disable vertical interpolation in VI bit of a VCM (Video Capture Mode) register, the L1IM bit of L1M (L1-layer Mode) register is set as 1.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
77
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.2 Video Buffer
8.2.1 Data Form
The video capture unit of MB86296 "Coral-PA" accepts YUV422 video data primarily, but RGB video data is also accepted via an internal RGB preprocessor which converts RGB to YUV422. Captured pixels are stored in YCbCr format in graphics memory, 16 bits per pixel. The video data is converted to RGB when it is displayed.
31
Y1
24 23
Cr
16 15
Y0
87
Cb
0
Y0,Y1 Cr,Cb
Y7
7
Y6
6
Y5
5
Y4
4
Y3
3
Y2
2
Y1
1
Y0
0
C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0
8.2.2 Synchronous Control
Writing to the graphics memory of video image data and scan for a display are performed independently. The graphics memory for video captures is controlled by the ring buffer system. It displays the frame, when the image data for one frame can be preparing on a memory. When the frame rate of a video capture differs from the frame rate of a display, the continuation display of top omission or the same frame occurs.
8.2.3 Area Allocation
Allocate an area of about 2.2 frames to the video capture buffer. The size of this area is equivalent to the size that considers the margin equivalent to the double buffer of the frame. Set the starting address and upper-limit address of the area in the CBOA/CBLA registers. Here, specify the raster start position as the upper-limit address. To allocate n rasters as the video capture buffer, set the upper-limit value as follows: CBLA = CBOA + 64 (n-2) x CBW In addition, the head addresses of n+1 raster are 64nxCBW, and CBLA+2 raster becomes a buffer domain. For reduced display, allocate the buffer area of the reduced frame size.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
78
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.2.4 Window Display
The captured video picture is displayed using L1 layer. The whole or a part captured picture can be displayed as the whole screen or a window. When performing a capture display, L1 layer is set as capture synchronous mode (L1CS=1). In this mode, L1 layer display displays the newest frame in a video capture buffer. Usually, the display address used in the mode is disregarded. The stride of L1 layer needs to be in agreement with the stride of a video capture buffer. When not in agreement, the picture distorted aslant is displayed. The display size of L1 layer is made in agreement with the picture size after reduction of a video capture. Invalid data will be displayed if the display size of L1 layer is set up more greatly than capture picture size. Although selection of a RGB display and a YCbCr display can be performed in L1 layer, in performing a video capture, it chooses YcbCr form (L1YC=1).
8.2.5 Interlace Display
It is possible to display the picture taken in to the video capture buffer in WEAVE mode in an interlace. A setup confirms WEAVE mode and chooses an interlace & video display with display scan. However, when display scan is asynchronous, flicker will come out in a scene with a motion. In order to prevent this, OO (Odd Only) bit of a CBM (Capture Buffer Mode) register is set as 1. When synchronizing display scan with a capture, a capture input and a display output can be made to correspond to 1 to 1. In this case, the difference of flicker of an input and an output is lost. Please refer to "8.8 Capture synchronous display."
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
79
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.3 Scaling
8.3.1 Down-scaling Function
When the CM bits of the video capture mode register (VCM) are 11, Coral reduces the video screen size. The reduction can be set independently in the vertical and horizontal scales. The reduction is set per line in the vertical direction and in 2-pixel units in the horizontal direction. The scale setting value is defined by an input/output value. It is a 16-bit fixed fraction where the integer is represented by 5 bits and the fraction is represented by 11 bits. Valid setting values are from 0800H to FFFFH. Set the vertical direction at bit 31 to bit 16 of the capture scale register (CSC) and the horizontal direction at bits 15 to bit 00. The initial value for this register is 08000800H (once). An example of the expressions for setting a reduction in the vertical and horizontal directions is shown below. Reduction in vertical direction Reduction in horizontal direction 576 -> 490 lines 1.176x2048=2408 720 -> 648 pixels 1.111x2048=2275 576/490 = 1.176 -> 0968H 720/648 = 1.111 -> 08E3H
Therefore, 096808E3H is set in CSC. The capture horizontal pixel register (CHP) is used to limit the number of pixels processed during scaling. It is not used to set scaling values. Clamp processing is performed on the video streaming data outside the values set in CHP. Usually, the defaults for these registers are used.
8.3.2 Up-scaling Function
Coral is able to enlarge the size of a video capture picture by the factor of 2 in both the horizontal and vertical directions. This feature can be used to realize full-screen modes of video input streams which have a resolution less than actual display size. In order to use magnify (up-scaling) mode, the horizontal and vertical factor must be less than one. Do initialize the following registers as follows : Set the magnify flag in the L1-layer mode register of the display controller.
Set the picture source size (before magnification) into CMSHP and CMSVL. Set the final picture size (after magnification) into CMDHP and CMDVL. An example of the expressions for setting an enlargement in the vertical and horizontal directions is shown below : If the input picture size is 480x360 and the display picture size is 640x480, then the parameters for each register are as follows. HSCALE=(480/640)*2048=0x0600 VSCALE=(360/480)*2048=0x0600 CMSHP=0x00f0 CMSVL=0x0168 CMDHP=0x0140 CMDVL=0x01e0 L1WW=0x0280 L1WH=0x01df
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
80
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Note: - Smooth continuation operation to Down Scaling mode and Up Scaling mode cannot be performed. The picture disorder of some arises at the time of a change. This is the restrictions for Up Scaling mode and Down Scaling mode using the same interpolate circuit.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
81
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.3.2 Flow of image processing
As for the capture image displayed on L1 layer window, image processing is performed by the following flow.
VideoInput (656/RGB)
Color conversion YUV422
YUV / RGB
Non-interlace interpolation
RGB
matrix
MB86296
656(YUV422)
On / Off
Capture buffer controller
horizontal LPF
horizontal down scaling horizontal interpolator horizontal up scaling
vertical LPF Line
Buffer
vertical down scaling vertical interpolator vertical up scaling
Scaler
Display Controller
Figure 8.1 Flow of image processing
*
Non-interlace interpolation processing
When VI of a video capture mode register (VCM) is 0, an interlace screen is interpolated vertically using the data in the same field. A screen is doubled vertically. When VI is 1, it is not interpolated vertically.
*
Horizontal low-pass filter processing
As a preprocessing when scaling down a picture horizontally, a low-pass filter can be covered horizontally. Regardless of scaling up and scaling down of a picture, ON/OFF is possible for a level low path filter (LPF). The horizontal low-pass filter consists of FIR filters of five taps. A coefficient is specified in the following register.
CHLPF_Y CHLPF_C
Horizontal LPF Luminance element and RGB element coefficient code Horizontal LPF chrominance element coefficient code
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
82
VRAM
Video Output
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
The coefficient is specified by the coefficient code in two bits independently by luminance (Y) signal and chrominance (Cb and Cr) signals. The coefficient is a symmetric coefficient.
CHLPF_x 00 01 10 11
K0 0 0 0 3/32
K1 0 1/4 3/16 8/32
K2 1 2/4 10/16 10/32
K3 0 1/4 3/16 10/32
K4 0 0 0 3/32
Horizontal LPF becomes turning off (through) because of the setting of the coefficient code "00".
Note: - In the case of Native RGB mode (NRGB=1), only a setup of CHLPF_Y code becomes effective.
*
Down and Up scaling processing of horizontal direction
Please set bit15-00 of capture scale register (CSC) to do the down and up scaling processing of horizontal direction. Horizontal direction is scaled down before writing in VRAM. Horizontal direction is scaled up after reading from VRAM. The interpolation filter processing of luminance (Y) signal is done by cubic interpolation (Cubic Interpolate) method. The interpolation filter processing of chrominance (Cb and Cr) signal is done by BiLinear interpolation (BiLinear Interpolate) method. The interpolation filter processing of Native-RGB signal is done by cubic interpolation (Cubic Interpolate) method.
*
Vertical low-pass filter processing
The low-pass filter can be put on the vertical direction as a preprocessing when the image is scaled down to the vertical direction. Vertical low-pass filter (LPF) can be set to turning on regardless of the scaling up or down of the vertical direction. A vertical low-pass filter is composed of the FIR filter of three taps. The coefficient is specified by the following register.
CVLPF_Y CVLPF_C
Vertical LPF Luminance element and RGB element coefficient code Vertical LPF chrominance element coefficient code
The coefficient is specified by the coefficient code in two bits independently by luminance (Y) signal and chrominance (Cb and Cr) signals. The coefficient is a symmetric coefficient.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
83
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
CVLPF_x 00 01 10 11
K0 0 1/4 3/16 Prohibition of setting
K1 1 2/4 10/16
K2 0 1/4 3/16
Vertical LPF becomes turning off (through) because of the setting of the coefficient code "00".
Note: - In the case of Native RGB mode (NRGB=1), only a setup of CVLPF_Y code becomes effective.
*
Down and up scaling processing of Vertical direction
Please set bit31-16 of capture scale register (CSC) to do the down and up scaling processing in the vertical direction. The vertical direction is scaled down before writing in VRAM. The vertical direction isscaled up after reading from VRAM. The interpolation filter processing of luminance (Y) signal is done by cubic interpolation (Cubic Interpolate) method. The interpolation filter processing of chrominance (Cb and Cr) signal is done by BiLinear interpolation (BiLinear Interpolate) method. The interpolation filter processing of Native-RGB signal is done by cubic interpolation (Cubic Interpolate) method.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
84
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.4 Error handling
8.4.1 Error detect function
In the input video data, when expected control code and synchronized signal cannot be detected, it becomes an error. When the error occurs, interrupt is generated in Bit16 of host CPU interface register IST and status is returned to each register of the video capture.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
85
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.5 External video signal input conditions
8.5.1 RTB656 YUV422 input format
The ITU R.BT-656 format is widely used for digital transmission of NTSC and PAL signals. The format corresponds to YUV422. Interlaced video display signals can be captured and displayed non-interlaced with linear interpolation. When the VIE bit of the video capture mode register (VCM) is 1, Coral is able to capture video stream data from the 8-bit VI pin in synchronization with the CCLK clock. In this mode, only a digital video stream conforming to ITU-RBT656 can be processed. For this reason, a Y,Cb,Cr 4:2:2 format to which timing reference codes are added is used. The video stream is captured according to the timing reference codes; Coral automatically supports both NTSC and PAL. However, to detect error codes, set NTSC/PAL in the VS bit of VCM. If NTSC is not set, reference the number of data in the capture data count register (CDCN). If PAL is not set, reference the number of data in the capture data counter register (CDCP). If the reference data does not match the stream data, bit 4 to bit 0 of the video capture status register (VCS) will be values other than 0000.
1) RTB656 input format VI[7:0]
Synchronous code and image data (Cb,Y,Cr,Y) are input as data of eight multiple bits synchronizing with 27MHz clock, and an valid pixel is transmitted while placed between a
4T 4T Blanking data 80,10,80,10,80,. H-BLANK 276T 288T SAV Multiplexed video data Cb,Y,Cr,Y,Cb,Y,Cr,Y,..... EAV
VI[7:0] 8 bit
EAV
ACTIVE-VIDEO 1440T [1440T] ACTIVE-VIDEO -LINE 1716T 1728T
synchronous code named SAV and EAV. SAV : Beginning code of active video data (4 Byte) EAV : End code of active video data (4 Byte) T : 27MHz [ ] : 625/50 series (PAL)
BLANKING TIMING TIMING BLANKING 720 PIXELS YUV4:2:2 DATA PERIOD REF-CODE REF-CODE PERIOD ... 80 10 FF 00 00 SAV Cb0 Y0 Cr0 Y1 Cb2 Y2 ... Cr718 Y719 FF 00 00 EAV 80 10 ...
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
86
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 2) RTB656 synchronous code (4 Byte) format
Word
SYNC code (static) first second 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 third 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 (static) F 0:first field H 0:SAV 1:EAV P3 Guard bit P2 Guard bit P1 Guard bit P0 Guard bit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
EAV/SAV forth 1:second field
Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
V 0:ACTIVE-VIDEO 1:VBI
3) SAV/EAV timing base signal
Bit 80 9D AB B6 C7 DA EC F1 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 F 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 5 V 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 4 H 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 P3 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 2 P2 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 P1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 P0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1
Function static
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
80 : SAV code of first field valid pixel period (Active-video) 9D : EAV code of first field valid pixel period (Activev ideo) AB : SAV code of first field vertical retrace line period B6 : EAV code of first field vertical retrace line period C7 : SAV code of second field valid pixel period (Active-video) DA : EAV code of second field valid pixel period (Active-video) EC : SAV code of second field vertical retrace line period F1 : EAV code of second field vertical retrace line period
87
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
8.5.2 RGB input format
There are the two data-processing methods in RGB input video capture function. One is the method of processing with Native RGB. Another is the method of converting RGB into YUV422 by the internal RGB pre processor. RGB input function is suitable for relatively high speed non-interlaced video signals but the deinterlacing operation is not available in this mode. The maximum input rate is 66Mpixel/sec. RGB component data is 6bit.
Note: - In Native RGB mode, NRGB=1 is set up. 1) RGB Input Signals
The signals used for RGB video capture are not assigned dedicated terminals but share same pins with other functions. Name RGBCLK RI5-0 GI5-0 BI5-0 VSYNCI HSYNCI Note : - input pins are shared with the ITU656 input and memory data bus. - the VIS bit of the VCM (video capture mode) register selects which mode (ITU656 or RGB) is used. I/O Function
Input Clock for RGB input Input Red component value Input Green component value Input Blue component value Input Vertical sync for RGB capture Input Horizontal sync for RGB capture
2) Captured Range
Instead of embedded sync code method used in ITU656 mode, the capture range in RGB mode is specified by the following register parameters:
a) RGB input mode of capture: Set RGB666 input flag(VIS) in VCM. In Native RGB mode, NRGB in VCM =1 is set up. b) HSYNC Cycle: Set the number of HSYNC Cycles in RGBHC. c) Horizontal Enable area: Set enables area start position and enable picture size into RGBHST and RGBHEN. d) Vertical Enable area: Set enables area start position and enable picture size into RGBVST and RGBVEN. MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1 88
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
The Captured area is defined according to the following parameters. Each parameter is set independently at the respective register.:
RGBHC RGBHST RGBHEN(~840) VSYNC
RGBVST
RGBHC RGBHST RGBHEN RGBVST RGBVEN
RGB input Hsync Cycle RGB input Horizontal enable area STart position RGB input Horizontal enable area size RGB input Vertical ENable area STart position RGB input Vertical ENable area size
Note: The actual parameter settings are little different from the above. The details, please refer "Explanation of Registers". e) Convert Matrix Coefficient In order to change the color conversion matrix, set up RGBCMY, RGBCb, RGBCr and RGBCMb.
Note:
- The maximum horizontal enable area size(RGBHEN) which can be captured is 840 pixels. This is the restriction by line buffer size in a video capture module.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
HSYNC
RGBVEN (~4096)
captured
89
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 3) Input Operation
At the time of a RGB input, the synchronization of data is taken by VSYNC and SYNCI, which are inputted with Data RI, GI and BI.
Input rule of HSYNCI The positive or negative edge of VINHSYNC is considered as a horizontal synchronization by register setup(HP). Input the signal of 1 or more RGBCLKs-(8 40+ )RGBCLK cycle.
RGBCLK HSYNCI HSYNC(internal RGB input function) More than 1 RGBCLK
e e e
e e
~840RGBCLK+ (HBLANK)
e
Note: - The maximum horizontal enable area size(RGBHEN) which can be captured is 840 pixels. This is the restriction by line buffer size in a video capture module.
Valid data input rule to HSYNC The valid image data input rule to HSYNC is shown. Input data is inputted synchronizing with HSYNC of each line. (The synchronization of data needs to make a synchronization establish by HSYNC in each line unit. Since the sampling clock of image data is generated from HSYNC, it is because a clock may have jitter per line.)
RGBCLK HSYNCI RGBHST RI5-0 GI5-0 BI5-0 captured
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
90
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Input rule of VINVSYNC
A VSYNCI signal is synchronizing with HSYNCI. Moreover, VSYNCI is sampled by HSYNCI , and it considers as a VSYNC signal. Width is made into at least one line or more although a VSYNCI signal does not need to synchronize with HSYNC at this time. The positive or negative of VSYNCI is set to VSYNC by register setup(VP).
~840RGBCLK+ RGBCLK
HSYNC(internal RGB input function)
1RGBCLK More than 1 line
VSYNCI
valid line input rule to HSYNC The valid image data input rule to VSYNC is shown.
HSYNCI VSYNCI RGBVST start to capture
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
91
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 4) Conversion Operation
RGB input data is converted to YCbCr by the following matrix operation : Y= Cb= Cr= a11*R + a12*G + a13*B + b1 a21*R + a22*G + a23*B + b2 a31*R + a32*G + a33*B + b3 aij : bi: 10bit signed real ( lower 8bit is fraction ) 8bit unsigned integer
Note: - registers can define each coefficient. - C and Cr components are reduced to half after this operation to form in 4:2:2 format. b
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
92
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL 5) RGB555 Mode
As an alternative method, a special RGB555-mode can be used which is dedicated for applications where grabbed pictures should be processed further. In this mode, a single buffer is used instead of a ring buffer. In addition, data is directly stored in Coral's RGB555 format in the L1-Layer (see settings of the CBM register). This makes it possible to copy rectangular areas from the L1-layer directly to the texture buffer or to other memory locations using the BitBlt function. Note that the input and output frame rate should be identical if a single buffer method is used and that the lower bits are ignored to form the RGB555 format.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
93
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
9. GEOMETRY ENGINE
9.1 Geometry Pipeline
9.1.1 Processing flow
The flow of geometry is shown below.
Object coordinates (OC) MVP Transformation Clip coordinates (CC) Clipping Back face culling 3D-2D Transformation
Normalized device coordinates (NDC)
View port transformation Drawing (device) coordinates (DC)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
94
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
9.1.2 Model-view-projection (MVP) transformation (OCCC coordinate transformation)
The geometry engine transforms the vertex of the "OC" coordinate system specified by the G_Vertex packet to the "CC" coordinate system according to the coordinate transformation matrix (OC CC Matrix) specified by the G_LoadMatrix packet. The "OC CC Matrix" is a "4 x 4" matrix consisting of a ModelView matrix and a Projection matrix. If "Zoc" is not contained in the input parameter of the G_Vertex packet (Z-bit of GMDR0 is off), (OC CC) coordinate transformation is processed as "Zoc = 0". When GMDR0[0] is 0 (orthogonal projection transformation), OC CC coordinate transformation is processed as "Wcc = 1.0". OC: Object Coordinates CC: Clip Coordinates
Xcc Ycc Zcc Wcc
=
Ma0 Ma1 Ma2 Ma3 Mb0 Mb1 Mb2 Mb3 Mc0 Mc1 Mc2 Mc3 Md0 Md1 Md2 Md3
Xoc Yoc Zoc 1
Ma0 to Md3: OC CC Matrix Xoc to Zoc: X, Y, and Z of OC coordinate system Xcc to Woc: X, Y, Z, and W of CC coordinate system
9.1.3 3D-2D transformation (CCNDC coordinate transformation)
The geometry engine divides "XYZ" of the "CC" coordinate system by "Wcc" (Perspective Division). NDC: Normalized Device Coordinates
Xndc Yndc Zndc
=
Xcc
1/Wcc
Ycc Zcc
Xndc to Zndc: X, Y, and Z of "NDC" coordinate system
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
95
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
9.1.4 View port transformation (NDCDC coordinate transformation)
The geometry engine transforms "XYZ" of the "NDC" coordinate system to the "DC" coordinate system according to the transformation coefficient specified by G_ViewPort and G_DepthRange. "X_Scaling,X_Offset" and "Y_Scaling,Y_Offset" are coefficients to be mapped finally to Frame Buffer. Xdc and Ydc must be included within the drawing input range (-4096 to 4095). "Z_Scaling" and "Z_Offset" are coefficients to be mapped finally to "Z Buffer". "Zdc" must be included within the "Z Buffer" range (0 to 65535). DC: Device Coordinates Xdc = X_Scaling*Xndc + X_Offset Ydc = Y_Scaling*Yndc + Y_Offset Zdc = Z_Scaling*Zndc + Z_Offset
9.1.5 View volume clipping
Expression for determination
The expression for determining the CORAL view volume clipping is shown below. W clipping is intended to prevent the overflow caused by 1/W. Xmin*Wcc Xcc Xmax*Wcc Ymin*Wcc Ycc Ymax*Wcc Zmin*Wcc Zcc Zmax*Wcc Wmin Wcc Note: Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax, Zmin, Zmax, and Wmin are the clip boundary values set by the G_ViewVolumeXYClip/ZClip/WClip packet.
Clipping-on/-off
View volume clipping-on/-off can be switched by using the clip boundary values set by the G_ViewVolumeXYClip/Zclip/WClip packet. To switch view volume clipping to off, set the maximum and minimum values of the geometry data format (IEEE single-precision floating point(*1)) in the "Clip.max" value(*2) and "Clip.min" value(*3), respectively. In this case, `All coordinate transformation results' can be evaluated as within view volume range, making it possible to obtain the effect of view volume clipping-off. This method is valid only when W clipping does not occur. When a clip boundary value (Wmin) that causes W clipping to occur is set, clipping is also performed for each clip area. Consequently, set an appropriate clip boundary value for Clip. Max value. and Clip. Min value., respectively. If other values are set in "Clip.max" and Clip.min, view volume clipping-on operates. The coordinate transformation result is always compared with the values set in "Clip.max" and "Clip.min". *1: Maximum value = 0x7f7fffff, minimum value = 0xff7fffff *2: Xmin,Ymin, Zmin, Wmin *3: Xmax, Ymax, Zmax
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
96
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
An example of the G_ViewVolumeZclip packet is shown below. 0xf1012010 //Setting of GMDR0 0x00000000 //Data format: Floating point data format 0x45000000 //G_ViewVolumeZclip packet 0xff7fffff //Zmin.float setting value (minimum value of IEEE single-precision floating point) 0x7f7fffff //Zmax.float setting value (maximum value of IEEE single-precision floating point)
Example of G_ViewVolumeZclip Packet when Z Clipping Off "W" clipping at orthogonal projection transformation Relationship with drawing clip frame
"W" at orthogonal projection transformation (GMDR0[0] = 0) is treated as "Wcc=1.0". For this reason, to suppress "W" clipping, the set "Wmin" value must be larger than 0 and 1.0 or less. For the following reasons, the clip boundary values of the view volume should be set so that the values after DC coordinate transformation will be larger than the drawing clip frame (2 pixels or more).
(1) "XY" on the view volume clip frame of the "CC" coordinate system may be drawn one pixel outside or inside the frame due to an operation error when it is finally mapped to the "DC" coordinate system. (2) When the end point of a line overlaps the view volume frame mapped to the "DC" coordinate system, there are two cases, where the dots on the frame are drawn, and not drawn depending on the specifying of the line drawing attribute (end point drawing/non-drawing). (3) When the start point of a line overlaps the view volume frame mapped to the "DC" coordinate system, the dots on the frame are always drawn. When the line drawing attribute is `end point non-drawing,' the dots on the frame are drawn at the starting point, but they may not be drawn at the end point. (4) When applying to triangle and polygon drawing the rasterizing rule `dots containing center of pixel drawn. Dots on right side and base of triangle not drawn.' depending on the value of the fraction, a gap may be produced between the right side and base of the frame.
Drawing area
"DC" Coordinates image of view volume clip frame Drawing clip frame
A space of two pixels or more is required.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
97
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
9.1.6
Back face culling
In CORAL, a triangle direction can be defined and a mode in which drawing for the back face is inhibited (back face culling) is supported. The on/off operation is controlled by the GMDR2[0] setting. GMDR2[0] must be set to 1 only when back face carling is required. When back face culling is not required such as in `line,' `point,' and `polygon primitive,' GMDR2[0] must be set to 0.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
98
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
9.2 Data Format
9.2.1 Data format
The supported data formats are 32-bit single-precision floating-point format, 32-bit fixed-point format, integer packed format, and RGB packed format. All internal processing is performed in the floatingpoint format. For this reason, the integer packed format, fixed-point format, and RGB packed format must be converted to the floating-point format. The processing speeds in these formats are slightly lower than in the 32-bit single-precision floating-point format. The data format to use is selected by setting the GMDR0 register. (1) 32-bit single-precision floating-point format
31 30
s
23 22
0
s: Sign bit (1 bit) e: Exponent part (8 bits) f: Mantissa (23 bits): `1.f' shows the fraction. `1' is a hidden bit. The numerical value of the floating-point format becomes (-1)s(1.f)2(e-127) (0 < e < 255). (2) Signed fixed-point format (SFIX16.16)
31 30
s
e
f
16 15
Frac
0
s: Sign bit (1 bit) int: Integer (15 bits) frac: Fraction (16 bits)
31 30
s
Int
(3) Signed integer packed format (SINT16.SINT16) s: Sign bit (1 bit) int: Integer (15 bits) (4) RGB packed format
31
reserved Y.int
16 15 14
s X.int
0
24 23
R
16 15
G
87
B
0
R, G, B: Color bits (8 bits) (5) ARGB packed format
31
A
24 23
R
16 15
G
87
B
0
A: Alpha bits (8 bits) R, G, B: Color bits (8 bits)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
99
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
9.3 Setup Engine
9.3.1 Stup processing e
The vertex data transformed by the geometry engine is transferred to the setup engine. CORAL has a drawing interface that is compatible with the MB86290A. It operates parameters for various slope calculations, etc., with the setup engine. When the obtained parameters are set in the drawing engine, the final drawing processing starts.
9.4 Log Output of Device Coordinates
A function is provided to output device coordinates (DC) data obtained by view port conversion to local memory (graphics memory).
9.4.1 Log output mode
Drawing & log output command
Log output of drawing coordinates (device coordinates) can be performed concurrently with nclip_Points.int primitive drawing. Log output can be controlled using the command with log output on/off attribute; log output is performed only when the log output on attribute is specified.
Log output dedicated command
When the log output dedicated command is used, log output of the device coordinates can be performed.
9.4.2 Log output destination address
The log output destination address is controlled by the device coordinates log pointer. Once set an address, this pointer automatically increment an output address.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
100
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10. DRAWING PROCESSING
10.1 Coordinate System
10.1.1 Drawing coordinates
After the calculation of coordinates by the geometry engine, CORAL draws data in the drawing frame in the graphics memory that finally uses the drawing coordinates (device coordinates). Drawing frame is treated as 2D coordinates with the origin at the top left as shown in the figure below. The maximum coordinates is 4096 x 4096. Each drawing frame is located in the Graphics Memory by setting the address of the origin and resolution of X direction (size). Although the size of Y direction does not need to be set, Y coordinates which are max. at drawing must not be overlapped with other area. In addition, at drawing, specifying the clip frame (top left and bottom right coordinates) can prevent the drawing of images outside the clip frame.
X (max. 4096) Origin Drawing frame size X
Drawing frame size Y
(Xmin, Ymin) Clip frame
Y (max. 4096)
(Xmax, Ymax)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
101
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.1.2 Texture coordinates
Texture coordinate is a 2D coordinate system represented as S and T (S: horizontal, T: vertical). Any integer in a range of -8192 to +8191 can be used as the S and T coordinates. The texture coordinates is correlated to the 2D coordinates of a vertex. One texture pattern can be applied to up to 4096 x 4096 pixels. The pattern size is set in the register. When the S and T coordinates exceed the maximum pattern size, the repeat, cramp or border color option is selected.
S (max. 8192)
T (max. 8192)
max. 4096 pixels max. 4096 pixels Origin Texture pattern
10.1.3 Frame buffer
For drawing, the following area must be assigned to the Graphics Memory. The frame size (count of pixels on X direction) is common for these areas.
Drawing frame Z buffer
The results of drawing are stored in the graphical image data area. Both the direct and indirect color mode are applicable. Z buffer is required for eliminating hidden surfaces. In 16 bits mode, 2 bytes and in 8 bits mode, 1 byte are required per 1 pixel. This area is used for polygon drawing. 1 bit is required per 1 pixel.
Polygon drawing flag buffer
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
102
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.2 Figure Drawing
10.2.1 Drawing primitives
CORAL has a drawing interface that is compatible with the MB86290A graphics controller which does not perform geometry processing. The following types of figure drawing primitives are compatible with the MB86290A.
* * * * * *
Point Line Triangle High-speed 2DLine High-speed 2DTriangle Polygon
10.2.2 Polygon drawing function
An irregular polygon (including concave shape) is drawn by hardware in the following manner: 1. Execute PolygonBegin command. Initialize polygon drawing hardware. 2. Draw vertices. Draw outline of polygon and plot all vertices to polygon draw flag buffer using high-speed 2DTriangle primitive. 3. Execute PolygonEnd command. Copy shape in polygon draw flag buffer to drawing frame and fill shape with color or specified tiling pattern.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
103
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.3 Drawing parameters
The MB86290A-compatible interface uses the following parameters for drawing: The triangles (Right triangle and Left triangle) are distinguished according to the locations of three vertices as follows (not used for high-speed 2DTriangle):
V0
Long edge Upper edge Upper triangle
Upper edge Upper triangle
V0
Long edge
V1 V2
Lower edge Lower triangle Right-hand triangle
V1
Lower edge Lower triangle Left-hand triangle
V2
The following parameters are required for drawing triangles (for high-speed 2DTriangle, X and Y coordinates of each vertex are specified).
Ys Xs,Zs,Rs,Gs,Bs,Ss,Ts,Qs XUs
Upper edge start Y coordinates
dXdy dZdy dRdy dGdy dBdy dSdy dTdy dQdy
dXUdy dZdx,dRdx,dGdx,dBdx, dSdx,dTdx,dQdx XLs dXLdy
USN
Lower edge start Y coordinates
LSN
Note: Be careful about the positional relationship between coordinates Xs, XUs, and XLs. For example, in the above diagram, when a right-hand triangle is drawn using the parameter that shows the coordinates positional relationship Xs (upper edge start Y coordinates) > XUs or Xs (lower edge start Y coordinates) > XLs, the appropriate picture may not be drawn.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
104
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Ys Xs XUs XLs Zs Rs Gs Bs Ss Ts Qs dXdy dXUdy dXLdy dZdy dRdy dGdy dBdy dSdy dTdy dQdy USN LSN dZdx dRdx dGdx dBdx dSdx dTdx dQdx Y coordinates start position of long edge in drawing triangle X coordinates start position of long edge corresponding to Ys X coordinates start position of upper edge X coordinates start position of lower edge Z coordinates start position of long edge corresponding to Ys R color value of long edge corresponding to Ys G color value of long edge corresponding to Ys B color value of long edge corresponding to Ys S coordinate of textures of long edge corresponding to Ys T coordinate of textures of long edge corresponding to Ys Q perspective correction value of texture of long edge corresponding to Ys X DDA value of long edge direction X DDA value of upper edge direction X DDA value of lower edge direction Z DDA value of long edge direction R DDA value of long edge direction G DDA value of long edge direction B DDA value of long edge direction S DDA value of long edge direction T DDA value of long edge direction Q DDA value of long edge direction Count of spans of upper triangle Count of spans of lower triangle Z DDA value of horizontal direction R DDA value of horizontal direction G DDA value of horizontal direction B DDA value of horizontal direction S DDA value of horizontal direction T DDA value of horizontal direction Q DDA value of horizontal direction
10.2.4 Anti-aliasing function
CORAL performs anti-aliasing to make jaggies less noticeable and smooth on line edges. To use this function at the edges of primitives, redraw the primitive edges with anti-alias lines. ( The edge of line is blended with a frame buffer color at that time. Ideally please draw sequentially from father object.)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
105
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.3 Bit Map Processing
10.3.1 BLT
A rectangular shape in pixel units can be transferred. There are following types of transfer: 1. Transfer from host CPU to Drawing frame memory 2. Transfer between Graphics Memories including Drawing frame Concerning 1 and 2 above, 2-term logic operation is performed between source and destination data and its result can be stored. Setting a transparent color enables a drawing of a specific pixel with transmission. If part of the source and destination of the BLT field are physically overlapped in the display frame, the start address (from which vertex the BLT field to be transferred) must be set correctly.
10.3.2 Pattern data format
CORAL can handle three bit map data formats: indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel), direct color mode (16 bits/pixel, 24 bits/pixel), and binary bit map (1 bit/pixel). The binary bit map is used for character/font patterns, where foreground color is used for bitmap = 1 pixel, and background color (background color can be set to be transparent by setting) is applied for bitmap = 0 pixels.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
106
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.4 Texture Mapping
10.4.1 Texture size
CORAL reads texel corresponding to the specified texture coordinates (S, T), and draws that data at the correlated pixel position of the polygon. For the S and T coordinates, the selectable texture data size is any value in the range from 4 to 4096 pixels represented as an exponent of 2.
10.4.2 Texture color
Drawing of 8-/16-bit direct color is supported for the texture pattern. For drawing 8-bit direct color, only point sampling can be specified for texture interpolation; only de-curl can be specified for the blend mode.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
107
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.4.3 Texture Wrapping
If a negative or larger than the specified texture pattern size is specified as the texture coordinates (S, T), according to the setting, one of these options (repeat, cramp or border) is selected for the `out-ofrange' texture mapping. The mapping image for each case is shown below:
Repeat
Cramp
Border
Repeat
This just simply masks the upper bits of the applied (S, T) coordinates. When the texture pattern size is 64 x 64 pixels, the lower 6 bits of the integer part of (S, T) coordinates are used for S and T coordinates. When the applied (S, T) coordinates is either negative or larger than the specified texture pattern size, cramp the (S, T) coordinate as follows instead of texture:
S<0 S > Texture X size - 1 S=0 S = Texture X size - 1
Cramp
Border
When the applied (S, T) coordinate is either negative or larger than the specified texture pattern size, the outside of the specified texture pattern is rendered in the `border' color.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
108
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.4.4 Filtering
CORAL supports two texture filtering modes: point filtering, and bi-linear filtering.
Point filtering
This mode uses the texture pixel specified by the (S, T) coordinates as they are for drawing. The nearest pixel in the texture pattern is chosen according to the calculated (S, T) coordinates.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
Bi- linear filtering
The four nearest pixels specified with (S, T) coordinate are blended according to the distance from specified point and used in drawing.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 C01 C11 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 C00 C10
10.4.5 Perspective correction
This function corrects the distortion of the 3D perspective in the texture mapping. For this correction, the `Q' component of the texture coordinates (Q = 1/W) is set based on the W component of 3D coordinates of the vertex. When the texture coordinates are large values, the texture may not be drawn correctly when perspective correction is performed. This phenomenon occurs due to the precision limitation of the arithmetical unit for perspective correction. The coordinates for the texture that cannot be drawn normally vary with the value of the Q component; as a guide, when this value is smaller than -2048 or larger than 2048, normal drawing results are less likely to be obtained.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
109
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.4.6 Texture blending
CORAL supports the following three blend modes for texture mapping:
Decal
This mode displays the selected texture pixel color regardless of the polygon color.
Modulate
This mode multiplies the native polygon color (CP) and selected texture pixel color (CT) and the result is used for drawing. Rendering color is calculated as follows (CO): C0 = C T x CP This mode selects the display color from the texture color with MSB as a flag. MSB = 1: Texture color MSB = 0: Polygon color
Stencil
10.4.7 Bi-linear high-speed mode
Bi-linear filtering is performed at high speed by creating normal texture data in advance with four-pixel redundancy for one pixel. One pixel requires information of about four pixels, so an area of four times the normal area is used. This data format can only be used only for the bi-linear filtering mode; it cannot be used for the point sampling mode. The wrapping mode is limited to REPEAT and the color mode islimited to 16 -bit color.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
110
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 1 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 4 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 5 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 6 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 7 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
Normal texture layout (8 x 8 pixels)
0 1 6 7
0 00 01 08 09 01 02 09 10 to 06 07 14 15 07 00 15 08 1 08 09 16 17 09 10 17 18 to 14 15 12 13 15 08 23 16 2 16 17 24 25 17 18 25 26 to 22 23 30 31 23 16 31 24 3 24 25 32 33 25 26 33 34 to 30 31 38 39 31 24 39 32 4 32 33 40 41 33 34 41 42 to 38 39 46 47 39 32 47 40 5 40 41 48 49 41 42 49 50 to 46 47 54 55 47 40 55 48 6 48 49 56 57 49 50 57 58 to 54 55 62 63 55 48 63 56 7 56 57 00 01 57 58 01 02 to 62 63 06 07 63 56 07 00
Texture layout in bi-linear mode (8 x 8 pixels)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
111
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.5 Rendering
10.5.1 Tiling
Tiling reads the pixel color from the correlated tiling pattern and maps it onto the polygon. The tiling determines the pixel on the pattern read by pixel coordinates to be drawn, irrespective of position and size of primitive. Since the tiling pattern is stored in the texture memory, this function and texture mapping cannot be used at the same time. Also, the tiling pattern size is limited to within 64 x 64 pixels. (at 16-bit color)
Example of Tiling
10.5.2 Alpha blending
Alpha blending blends the drawn in frame buffer to-be-drawn pixel or pixel already according to the alpha value set in the alpha register. This function cannot be used simultaneously with logic operation drawing. It can be used only when the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel) is used. The blended color C is calculated as shown below when the color of the pixel to be drawn is CP, the color of frame buffer is CF, and the alpha value is A: C = CP x A + (1-A) x CF The alpha value is specified as 8-bit data. 00h means alpha value 0% and FFh means alpha value 100%. When the texture mapping function is enabled, the following blending modes can be selected:
Normal Stencil
Blends post texture mapping color with frame buffer color
Uses MSB of texel color for ON/OFF control: MSB = 1: Texel color MSB = 0: Frame buffer color
Stencil alpha
Uses MSB of texel color for /OFF control: MSB = 1: Alpha blend texel color and current frame buffer color MSB = 0: Frame buffer color
Note: MSB of frame buffer is drawn MSB of texel in both stencil and stencil alpha mode. Therefore in case MSB of texel is MSB=0, a color of frame buffer is frame buffer, but MSB of frame buffer is set to 0.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
112
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.5.3 Logic operation
This mode executes a logic operation between the pixel to be drawn and the one already drawn in frame buffer and itsresult is drawn. Alpha blending cannot be used when this function is specified.
Type
CLEAR COPY NOP SET COPY INVERTED INVERT AND REVERSE OR REVERSE 0000 0011 0101 1111 1100 1010 0010 1011
ID
Operation
0 S D 1 !S !D S & !D S | !D
AND OR NAND NOR XOR EQUIV AND INVERTED OR INVERTED
Type
0001 0111 1110 1000 0110 1001 0100 1101
ID
S&D S|D ! (S & D) ! (S | D) S xor D ! (S xor D) !S & D !S | D
Operation
10.5.4 Hidden plane management
CORAL supports the Z buffer for hidden plane management. This function compares the Z value of a new pixel to be drawn and the existing Z value in the Z buffer. Display/not display is switched according to the Z-compare mode setting. Define the Z-buffer access options in the ZWRITEMASK mode. The Z compare operation type is determined by the Z compare mode. Either 16 or 8 bits can be selected for the Z-value.
ZWRITEMASK Z Compare mode
NEVER ALWAYS LESS LEQUAL EQUAL GEQUAL GREATER NOTEQUAL 1 0 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Compare Z values, no Z value write overwrite Compare Z values, Z value write Never draw Always draw Draw if pixel Z value < current Z buffer value Draw if pixel Z value current Z buffer value Draw if pixel Z value = current Z buffer value Draw if pixel Z value current Z buffer value Draw if pixel Z value > current Z buffer value Draw if pixel Z value ! = current Z buffer value
Code
Condition
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
113
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.6 Drawing Attributes
10.6.1 Line drawing attributes
In drawing lines, the following attributes apply:
Line Drawing Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Line width Broken line Anti-alias
Description
Line width selectable in range of 1 to 32 pixels Specify broken line pattern in 32-bit data Line edge smoothed when anti-aliasing enabled
10.6.2 Triangle drawing attributes
In drawing triangles, the following attributes apply (these attributes are disabled in high-speed 2DTriangle). Texture mapping and tiling have separated texture attributes:
Triangle Drawing Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Shading Alpha blending Alpha blending coefficient
Description
Gouraud shading or flat shading selectable In case of indirect color mode, gray scale gouraud shading is possible. Set alpha blending enabledisable per polygon / Set color blending ratio of alpha blending
How to set gray scale gouraud shading
1. Set Frustum bit of GMDR0 register to 0. 2. Set identity matrix. 3. Set MDR2 register to the below. SM bit = 1, ZC bit = 0, ZW bit = 0, BM bit = 00, TT bit = 00 4. Set GG bit of MDR7 register to 1. 5. Execute drawing by same method as a direct color gouraud shading object. Note: - Please don't use G_BeginE command. - Please don't use floating data format in G_Vertex command. - R (red) parameter is used as a color parameter 6. Set GG bit of MDR7 register to 0 after rendering
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
114
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.6.3 Texture attributes
In texture mapping, the following attributes apply:
Texture Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Texture mode Texture filter Texture coordinates correction Texture wrap Texture blend mode Bi-linear high-speed mode
Description
Select either texture mapping or tiling Select either point sampling or bi-linear filtering Select either linear or perspective correction Select either repeat or cramp of texture pattern Select either decal or modulate Texture data is created in a dedicated format to perform high-speed bi-linear filtering.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
115
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.6.4 BLT attributes
In BLT drawing, the following attributes apply:
BLT Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Logic operation mode Transparency mode Alpha map mode
Description
Specify two source logic operation mode Set transparent copy mode and transparent color Blend a color according to alpa map h
10.6.5 Character pattern drawing attributes
Character Pattern Drawing
Drawing Attribute
Character pattern enlarge/shrink Character pattern color Transparency/non-transparency
Description
Vertical and Horizontal x 2, Horizontal x 2, Vertical and Horizontal x 1/2, Horizontal x 1/2 Set character color and background color Set background color to transparency/non-transparency
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
116
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.7 Bold Line
10.7.1 Starting and ending points
* * *
In the CREMSON bold line mode, the starting and ending points are vertical to the principal axis. In the CORAL bold line mode, the starting and ending points are vertical to the theoretical line. Caution: CORAL line is generated by different algorithm. Thus drawing position is little bit different form other primitive.
CREMSON bold line mode
CORAL bold line mode
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
117
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.7.2 Broken line pattern
* *
The broken line pattern vertical to the theoretical line (the CORAL broken line pattern) is supported. In the CREMSON bold line mode, lines can be drawn using the broken line pattern vertical to the CREMSON-compatible principal axis (the CREMSON broken line pattern), and can also be drawn using the CORAL broken line pattern. In the CORAL bold line mode, only the CORAL broken line pattern is supported.
Broken line pattern made vertical
*
(1) (2)
Starting point made vertical; ending point made vertical CORAL bold and broken lines
Interpolation of broken line pattern
Two types of interpolation modes are supported:
* *
No interpolation mode: Interpolation is not performed. Broken line pattern reference address fix mode: The same broken line pattern is referenced for several pixels before and after the joint of the bold line. Any pixel count can be set by the user.
(1) (2)
(1) (2)
Edging not performed * Interpolation of bold line joint not performed
* *
Interpolation of broken line pattern reference performed
Edging not performed * Interpolation of bold line joint not performed * Broken line pattern reference address fixed
*
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
118
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.7.3 Edging
* *
The edging line is supported. The line body and edging section can have depth information (Z offset). This mechanics makes it possible to easily represent a good connection of the overlaid part of the edging line. For example, when the line body depth information and edging section depth information are the same, the drawing result of the edging line is like the intersection shown in the figure below. Also, when the line body depth information and edging section depth information are different, the drawing result of the edging line is like the solid intersection shown in the figure below.
Intersection
Control by depth information
Solid intersection Edging
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
119
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.7.4 Interpolation of bold line joint
* * * *
In the bold line joint interpolation mode, the bold line joint is interpolated using a triangle as shown in the figure below. The edging line joint is also interpolated using a triangle, but the said depth information makes it possible to represent a good connection as shown in the figure below. Only LineStrip primitive can interpolate, and clipping sometimes breaks LineStrip. Caution: Sometime joint shape looks not perfect. (using approximate calculation)
Interpolation using triangle
Edging interpolation can also be performed.
Interpolation of bold line joint
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
120
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
10.8 Shadowing
10.8.1 Shadowing
The Coral supports a shadow primitive which is same shape as a body. A shadow is drawn in a position shifted for a device coordinate(X, Y) by setting the OverlapXY command. And by setting the OverlapZ, it is possible to control a drawing result to avoid twice rendering in alpha blend or logical calculation.
Two shadow lines are drawn in a line shadowing. One is a shadow line and another is a shadow composition line. A shadow composition line is used for avoiding an overlap with body line. And drawing priority can be set for rendering performance or anti-aliasing. A shadow primitive are drawn in a triangle and polygon shadowing. Drawing priority is fixed as a body primitive is first.
- Line
- Triangle and polygon
Body line Shadow line Shadow composition line
Body primitive Shadow primitive
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
121
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11 DISPLAY LIST
11.1 Overview
Display list is a set of display list commands, parameters and pattern data. All display list commands stored in a display list are executed consequently. The display list is transferred to the display list FIFO by one of the following methods:
* * *
Write to display FIFO by CPU Transfer from main memory to display FIFO by external DMA Transfer from graphics memory to display FIFO by register setting
Display list Command-1 Data 1-1 Data 1-2 Data 1-3 Display list Command-2 Data 2-1 Data 2-2 Data 2-3
Display List
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
122
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.1 Header format
The format of the display list header is shown below.
Format List
Format 1 Format 2 Format 3 Format 4 Format 5 Format 6 Format 7 Format 8 Format 9 Format 10 Format 11
Format
31
Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type Type
24 23
Reserved Count Reserved Reserved Command Command Command Command Reserved Reserved Reserved
16 15
Count
Reserved Address Reserved Reserved Reserved Count Reserved Reserved Reserved Count Reserved
0
Vertex
Flag Vertex
Flag Vertex Flag
Vertex
Description of Each Field
Type
Command Count Address Vertex Flag
Display list type
Command Count of data excluding header Address value used at data transfer Vertex number Attribute flag peculiar to display list command
Vertex Number Specified in Vertex Code
Vertex
00 01 10 11
Vertex number (Line)
V0 V1 Setting prohibited Setting prohibited
Vertex number (Triangle)
V0 V1 V2 Setting prohibited
11.1.2 Parameter format
The parameter format of the geometry command depends on the value set in the D field of GMDR0. When the D field is "00", all parameters are handled in the floating-point format. When the D field is "01", colors are handled as the packed RGB format, and others are handled as the fixed-point format. When the D field is "11", XY is handled as the packed integer format, colors are handled as the packed RGB format, and others are handled as the fixed-point format. In the following text, the floating-point format is suffixed by .float, the fixed point format is suffixed by .fixed, and the integer format is suffixed by .int. Set GMDR0 properly to match parameter suffixes. Rendering command parameters conform to the Coral-PA data format.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
123
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11.2 Geometry Commands
11.2.1 Geometry command list
CORAL geometry commands and each command code are shown in the table below.
Type
G_Nop G_Begin G_BeginE G_End G_EndE G_Vertex G_VertexLOG G_VertexNopLOG G_Init G_Viewport G_DepthRange G_LoadMatirix G_ViewVolumeXYClip G_ViewVolumeZClip G_ViewVolumeWClip OverlapXYOfft OverlapZOfft DC_LogOutAddr SetModeRegister SetGModeRegister SetColorRegister SetLVertex2i SetLVertex2iP
Command
See Geometry
command code table (1)(2). See Geometry command code table (3)(4).

No operation Specifies primitive type and pre-processes Specifies primitive type and pre-processes This command is used at execution of the CORAL extended function. Ends primitive This command is used at execution of G_Begin Ends primitive This command is used at execution of G_BeginE Sets vertex parameter and draws Sets vertex parameter and draws Outputs device coordinates Only outputs device coordinates Initialize geometry engine Scale to screen coordinates (X, Y) and set origin offset Scale to screen coordinates (Z) and set origin offset Load geometric transformation matrix Set boundary value (X, Y) of view volume clip Set boundary value (Z) of view volume clip Set boundary value (W) of view volume clip Sets XY offset at shading Sets Z offset of shade primitive; sets Z offset of edge primitive; sets Z offset of interpolation primitive at 2D drawing with top-left nonapplicable Sets starting address of device coordinates output Sets drawing extended mode register Sets geometry extended mode register Sets body color, shade color, and edge color Pass through high-speed 2DLine drawing register Pass through high-speed 2DLine drawing register
Description
See Command table. See Command table.
See Command table. See Command table. See Command table.

MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
124
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Type code table
Type
G_Nop G_Begin G_End G_Vertex G_VertexLOG G_VertexNopLOG G_Init G_Viewport G_DepthRange G_LoadMatirix G_ViewVolumeXYClip G_ViewVolumeZClip G_ViewVolumeWClip SetLVertex2i SetLVertex2iP SetModeRegister SetGModeRegister OverlapXY0fft OverlapZ0fft DC_LogOutAddr SetColorRegister G_BeginE G_EndE 0010_0000 0010_0001 0010_0011 0011_0000 0011_0010 0011_0011 0100_0000 0100_0001 0100_0010 0100_0011 0100_0100 0100_0101 0100_0110 0111_0010 0111_0011 1100_0000 1100_0001 1100_1000 1100_1001 1100_1100 1100_1110 1110_0001 1110_0011
Code
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
125
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Geometry command code table
GMDR0.FX bit is expanded for CORAL-PA. Work Only for G_Begin/Triangle(s,_Strip,_Fan) (1) Integer setup type (for G_Begin) In setup processing, "XY" is calculated in the integer format and other parameters are calculated in the floating-point format. (*.int) or In setup processing, "XY" is calculated in the floating-point format and other parameters are calculated in the floating-point format. (*.float) Code Command(GMDR0.FX==0) Command(GMDR0.FX==1)
0001_0000 0001_0001 0001_0010 0001_0011 0001_0101 0001_0111 0001_1000 Points.int Lines.int Polygon.int Triangles.int Line_Strip.int Triangle_Strip.int Triangle_Fan.int Points.int Lines.int Polygon.int Triangles.float Line_Strip.int Triangle_Strip.float Triangle_Fan.float
(2) "Unclipped" integer setup type(for G_Begin) This command does not clip the view volume. Only "XY" is enabled as the input parameter. In setup processing, "XY" is calculated in the integer format. (*.int) The screen projection (GMDR0[0]=1) performed using this command is not assured. GMDR0.FX has no mean for nclip
Code
0011_0000 0011_0001 0011_0010 0011_0011 0011_0101 0011_0111 0011_1000
Command(GMDR0.FX==0)
nclip_Points.int nclip_Lines.int nclip_Polygon.int nclip_Triangles.int nclip_Line_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Fan.int
nclip_Points.int nclip_Lines.int nclip_Polygon.int nclip_Triangles.int nclip_Line_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Fan.int
Command(GMDR0.FX==1)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
126
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
(3) Integer setup type (for G_BeginE) In setup processing, "XY" is calculated in the integer format and other parameters are calculated in the floating-point format. (GMDR0.FX has no mean for G_BeginE)
Code
0001_0000 0001_0001 0001_0010 0001_0011 0001_0101 0001_0111 0001_1000
Command(GMDR0.FX==0)
Points.int Lines.int Polygon.int Triangles.int Line_Strip.int Triangle_Strip.int Triangle_Fan.int
Points.int Lines.int Polygon.int Triangles.int Line_Strip.int Triangle_Strip.int Triangle_Fan.int
Command(GMDR0.FX==1)
(4) "Unclipped" integer setup type(for G_BeginE) This command does not clip the view volume. Only "XY" is enabled as the input parameter. In setup processing, "XY" is calculated in the integer format. The screen projection (GMDR0[0]=1) performed using this command is not assured. (GMDR0.FX has no mean for G_BeginE)
Code
0011_0000 0011_0001 0011_0010 0011_0011 0011_0101 0011_0111 0011_1000
Command(GMDR0.FX==0)
nclip_Points.int nclip_Lines.int nclip_Polygon.int nclip_Triangles.int nclip_Line_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Fan.int
nclip_Points.int nclip_Lines.int nclip_Polygon.int nclip_Triangles.int nclip_Line_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Strip.int nclip_Triangle_Fan.int
Command(GMDR0.FX==1)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
127
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11.2.2 Explanation of geometry commands
G_Nop (Format 1)
31
No operation
G_Nop
24 23
Reserved
16 15
Reserved
0
G_Init (Format 1)
31
The G_Init command initializes geometry engine. Execute this command before processing. _
G_Init
24 23
Reserved
16 15
Reserved
0
G_End (Format 1)
31
The G_End command ends one primitive. The G_Vertex command must be specified between the G_Begin command and G_End command.
G_End
24 23
Reserved
16 15
Reserved
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
128
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL G_Begin (Format 5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
The G_Begin command sets types of primitive for geometry processing and drawing. A vertex is set and drawn by the G_Vertex command. The G_Vertex command must be specified between the G_Begin command and G_End command. Only G_Vertex or SetRegister for FC/BC (XY Only vertex) can placed between G_Begin and
G_Begin
Command
Reserved
G_End.
Command:
Points* Lines* Polygon* Triangles* Line_Strip* Triangle_Strip* Triangle_Fan*
Handles primitive as point Handles primitive as independent line Handles primitive as polygon Handles primitive as independent triangle Handles primitive as line strip Handles primitive as triangle strip Handles primitive as triangle fan
Usable combinations of GMDR0 mode setting and primitives are as follows: Unclipped primitives (nclip*) (ST,Z,C) Point Line Triangle Polygon
(0,0,0)
Other than above
x
x
x
x
Primitives other than unclipped primitives (ST,Z,C) Point
(0,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1,0) (0,1,1) (1,x,x)
Line
Triangle
Polygon
x x x
x x x
x x x x
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
129
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL G_BeginE (Format 5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
This is the extended G_Begin command. When using the following functions, this command must be executed instead of G_Begin.
* *
G_Begin
Command
Reserved
Mode register(MDR1S/MDR1B/MDR1TL/MDR2S/MDR2TL/GMDR1E/GMDR2E) Log output of device coordinates G_VertexLOG/G_VertexNopLOG Polygon with Z or texture The G_BeginE command sets types of primitive for geometry processing and drawing. Vertex setting/drawing using the above extended function is performed using the G_Vertex* command. The G_Vertex* command must be set between the G_BeginE command and the G_EndE command. Only G_Vertex/G_VertexLOG/G_VertexNopLOG or SetColorRegister(XY only vertex) or OverLapZofft can placed between G_BeginE and G_EndE. Command:
Points* Lines* Handles primitive as point Handles primitive as independent line
*
Polygon* Triangles* Line_Strip* Triangle_Strip* Triangle_Fan*
Interpolation of the joint and broken line pattern is not supported.
Handles primitive as polygon Handles primitive as independent triangle Handles primitive as line strip Handles primitive as triangle strip Handles primitive as triangle fan
Usable combinations of GMDR0 mode setting and primitives are as follows: Unclipped primitives (nclip*) (ST,Z,C) Point Line Triangle Polygon
(0,0,0)
Other than above
x
x
Line
x
Triangle
x
Polygon(*2)
Primitives other than unclipped primitives (ST,Z,C) Point
(0,0,0) (0,0,1) (0,1,0) (0,1,1) (1,x,x)
x
x
x
x x x x (*1) x *1: Shading is not assured. *2: In case of drawing polygon with Z,ST=1, the algorithm is approximate calculation. The triangle algorithm is more accurate. MB86296S 130 Specification Manual Rev0.1
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL G_Vertex/G_VertexLOG/G_VertexNopLOG (Format 1)
When data format is floating-point format
31
G_Vertex
24 23
Reserved
16 15
X.float Y.float Z.float R.float G.float B.float S.float T.float
16 15
Reserved
0
When data format is fixed-point format
31
G_Vertex A.int
24 23
Reserved R.int
X.fixed Y.fixed Z.fixed S.fixed T.fixed
16 15
Reserved G.int B.int
0
When data format is packed integer format
31
G_Vertex A.int
24 23
Y.int
Reserved R.ing
Z.fixed S.fixed T.fixed
Reserved X.int G.int B.int
0
The G_Vertex command sets vertex parameters and processes and draws the geometry of the primitive specified by the G_Begin* command. Note the following when using this command:
*
Required parameters depend on the setting of the GMDR0 register. Proper values must be set as the mode values of the MDR0 to MDR4 registers to be finally reflected at drawing. That is, when "Z" comparison is made (ZC bit of MDR1 or MDR2 = 1), the Z bit of the GMDR0 register must be set to 1. When Gouraud shading is performed (SM bit of MDR2 = 1), the C bit of the GMDR0 register must be set to 1. When texture mapping is performed (TT bits of MDR2 = 10), the ST bit of the GMDR0 register must be set to 1. When the Z bit of the GMDR0 register is 0, input "Z" (Zoc) is treated as "0". Use values normalized to 0 and 1 as texture coordinates (S, T). When the color RGB is floating-point format, use values normalized to 0 and 1 as the 8-bit color value. For the packed RGB, use the 8-bit color value directly. The GMDR1 register is valid only for line drawing; it is ignored in primitives other than line. The GMDR2 register matters only when a triangle (excluding a polygon) is drawn. At primitives other than triangle, set "0". The use of both G_BeginE to G_EndE, and G_VertexLOG/NopLOG is not assured.
* * * * * *
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
131
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
* * *
G_VertexNopLOG, except for the primitive as point is not assured. A vertex data is processed at every time. For example, the Coral draws interpolation of bold line joint, edging line, shadows at every vertices. Alpha parameter can be provided only packed ARGB format.
G_Viewport (Format 1)
31
G_Viewport
24 23
The G_Viewport command sets the "X,Y" scale/offset value used when normalized device coordinates (NDC) is transformed into device coordinates (DC).
Reserved X_Scaling.float/fixed X_Offset.float/fixed Y_Scaling.float/fixed Y_Offset.float/fixed
16 15
Reserved
0
G_DepthRange (Format 1)
31
G_DepthRange
24 23
The G_DepthRange command sets the "Z" scale/offset value used when an NDC is transformed into a DC.
Reserved Z_Scaling.float/fixed Z_Offset.float/fixed
16 15
Reserved
0
G_LoadMatrix (Format 1)
31
G_LoadMatrix
24 23
The G_LoadMatrix command sets the transformation matrix used when object coordinates (OC) is transformed into clip coordinates (CC).
Reserved Matrix_a0.float/fixed Matrix_a1.float/fixed Matrix_a2.float/fixed Matrix_a3.float/fixed Matrix_b0.float/fixed Matrix_b1.float/fixed Matrix_b2.float/fixed Matrix_b3.float/fixed Matrix_c0.float/fixed Matrix_c1.float/fixed Matrix_c2.float/fixed Matrix_c3.float/fixed Matrix_d0.float/fixed Matrix_d1.float/fixed Matrix_d2.float/fixed Matrix_d3.float/fixed
16 15
Reserved
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
132
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL G_ViewVolumeXYClip (Format 1)
31 24 23 16 15 0
G_ViewVolumeXYClip
The G_ViewVolumeXYClip command sets the X,Y coordinates of the clip boundary value in view volume clipping.
Reserved XMIN.float/fixed XMAX.float/fixed YMIN.float/fixed YMAX.float/fixed
Reserved
G_ViewVolumeZClip (Format 1)
31
G_ViewVolumeZClip
24 23
The G_ViewVolumeZClip command sets the Z coordinates of the clip boundary value in view volume clipping.
Reserved ZMIN.float/fixed ZMAX.float/fixed
16 15
Reserved
0
G_ViewVolumeWClip (Format 1)
31
G_ViewVolumeWClip
24 23
The G_ViewVolumeWClip command sets the W coordinates of the clip boundary value in view volume clipping (minimum value only).
Reserved WMIN.float/fixed
16 15
Reserved
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
133
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL OverlapXYOfft (Format5)
31 OverlapXYOfft 24 23 Y Offset 16 15 0
Command
The OverlapXYOfft command sets the XY offset of the shade primitive relative to the body primitive at shading drawing. Shadow shape is same as body.
Command: Command ShadowXY Code Explanation 0000_0000 ShadowXY command sets the XY offset of the shade primitive relative to the body primitive. ShadowXYcompsition 0000_0001 ShadowXYcomposition command sets the XY offset of the shade synthetic primitive relative to the body primitive. It command synthesizes a shade from the relationship between the XY offset set using ShadowXY and this XY offset. This command is enabled for only lines.
31 24 23 don't care 24 23 16 15 0
Reserved X Offset
OverlapZOfft (Format5)
OverlapZOfft
Command
Reserved Z Offset
Note: When MDR0 ZP = 1, only lower 8 bits are enabled. 31 OverlapZOfft S_Z Offset Packed_ONBS B_Z Offset 16 15 N_Z Offset Reserved 0 O_Z Offset
The OverlapZOfft command sets the Z offset of the shade primitive relative to the body primitive, sets the Z-offset of the edge primitive relative to the body primitive, and sets the Z offset of the interpolation primitive relative to the body primitive, with the top-left rule non-applicable in effect. At this time, the following relationship must be satisfied when, for example, GREATER is specified for the Z value comparison mode: Body primitive > Top-left rule non-applicable interpolation primitive > Edge primitive > Shade primitive
Command: Command Origin Code Explanation 0000_0000 Origin command sets the Z offset of the body primitive. When drawing one primitive below the other primitive (for example, when drawing a solid intersection), this Z offset is changed. When drawing an ordinary intersection, set the same Z offset as other primitives. 0000_0001 NonTopLeft command sets the Z offset of the interpolation primitive, with the top-left non applicable. 0000_0010 Border command sets the Z offset of the edge primitive. 0000_0011 Shadow command sets the Z offset of the shade primitive. 0000_0111 Packed_ONBS command sets the above four types of Z offsets.
NonTopLeft Border Shadow Packed_ONBS
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
134
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DC_LogOutAddr (Format5)
31 OverlapXYOfft 000000 24 23 16 15 LogOutAddr 0
Command
Reserved
The DC_LogOutAddr command sets the starting address of the log output destination of the device coordinates.
SetModeRegister (Format5)
31 SetModeRegister
24 23
Command
16 15 MDR1*/MDR2*
Reserved
0
The SetModeRegister command sets the mode register for shade primitive, for edge primitive, and for top-left non-applicable primitive. At drawing of these primitives, also set the mode register (MDR1/MDR2) for the body primitive, using this packet. Command: Command MDR1 MDR1S MDR1B MDR2 MDR2S MDR2LT Code 0000_0000 0000_0010 0000_0100 0000_0001 0000_0011 0000_0111 Explanation MDR1 command sets MDR1 for the body primitive. MDR1S command sets MDR1 for the shade primitive. MDR1B command sets MDR1 for the edge primitive. MDR2 command sets MDR2 for the body primitive. MDR2S command sets MDR2 for the shade primitive. MDR2LT command sets MDR2 for the top-left nonapplicable primitive. -
SetGModeRegister (Format5)
31 SetGModeRegister
24 23
16 15 Command GMDR1E/GMDR2E
Reserved
0
The SetGModeRegister command sets the geometry extended mode register. Command: Command GMDR1E GMDR2E Code 0001_0000 0010_0000 Explanation GMDR1E command sets GMDR1E and at the same time, updates GMDR1. GMDR2E command sets GMDR2E and at the same time, updates GMDR2.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
135
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SetColorRegister (Format5)
31 SetColorRegister 24 23 16 15 FGC8/16/24 0
Command
Reserved
The SetColorRegister command sets the foreground color and background color of the body primitive, shade primitive, and edge primitive. Commands: Command ForeColor BackColor ForeColorShadow BackColorShadow ForeColorBorder BackColorBorder Code 0000_0000 0000_0001 0000_0010 0000_0011 0000_0100 0000_0101 Explanation ForeColor command sets the foreground color for the body primitive. BackColor command sets the background color for the body primitive. ForeColorShadow command sets the foreground color for the shade primitive. BackColorShadow command sets the background color for the shade primitive. ForeColorBorder command sets the foreground color for the edge primitive. BackColorBorder command sets the background color for the edge primitive.
SetRegister (Format 2)
31 SetRegister
24 23
Count
16 15 (Val 0) (Val 1) ... (Val n)
Address
0
The SetRegister command is upper compatible with CREMSON SetRegister. It can specify the address of a register in the geometry engine.
SetLVertex2i (Format 1)
31 SetLVertex2i
24 23
Reserved
16 15 LX0dc LY0dc
Reserved
0
The SetLVertex2i command issues the SetRegister_LXOdc/LYOdc command (MB86290A command to set starting vertex at line drawing) in the geometry FIFO interface. This performs processing faster than when the SetRegister_LXOdc/LYOdc command is input directly to the geometry FIFO.
SetLVertex2iP (Format 1)
31 SetLVertex2iP
24 23 LY0dc
Reserved
16 15
Reserved LX0dc
0
The SetLVertex2iP command supports packed XY of SetLVertex21.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
136
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11.3 Rendering Command
11.3.1 Command list
The following table lists CORAL rendering commands and their command codes.
Type
Nop Interrupt Sync SetRegister SetVertex2i Draw DrawPixel DrawPixelZ DrawLine
Command

Description
Normal PolygonBegin PolygonEnd Flush_FB/Z Pixel PixelZ Xvector Yvector AntiXvector AntiYvector ZeroVector OneVector TrapRight TrapLeft TriangleFan FlagTriangleFan BltFill ClearPolyFlag BltDraw Bitmap BltDraw TopLeft TopRight BottomLeft BottomRight LoadTexture LoadTILE LoadTexture LoadTILE
DrawLine2i DrawLine2iP DrawTrap DrawVertex2i DrawVertex2iP DrawRectP DrawBitmapP DrawBitmapLargeP BltCopyP BltCopyAlternateP LoadTextureP BltTextureP BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP
No operation Interrupt request to host CPU Synchronization with events Sets data to register Sets data to high-speed 2DTriangle vertex register Initializes border rectangle calculation of multiple vertices random shape Clears polygon flag after drawing polygon Flushes drawing pipelines Draws point Draws point with Z Draws line (principal axis X) Draws line (principal axis Y) Draws line with anti-alias option (principal axis X) Draws line with anti-alias option (principal axis Y) Draws high-speed 2DLine (with vertex 0 as starting point) Draws high-speed 2DLine (with vertex 1 as starting point) Draws right triangle Draws left triangle Draws high-speed 2DTriangle Draws high-speed 2DTriangle for multiple vertices random shape Draws rectangle with single color Clears polygon flag buffer Draws Blt (16-bit) Draws binary bit map (character) Draws Blt (32-bit) Blt transfer from top left coordinates Blt transfer from top right coordinates Blt transfer from bottom left coordinates Blt transfer from bottom right coordinates Loads texture pattern Loads tile pattern Loads texture pattern from local memory Loads tile pattern from local memory Alpha blending is supported (see the alpha map). BltCopyAlternateP
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
137
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Type Code Table
Type
DrawPixel DrawPixelZ DrawLine DrawLine2i DrawLine2iP DrawTrap DrawVertex2i DrawVertex2iP DrawRectP DrawBitmapP BitCopyP BitCopyAlternateP LoadTextureP BltTextureP BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP SetVertex2i SetVertex2iP Draw SetRegister Sync Interrupt Nop 0000_0000 0000_0001 0000_0010 0000_0011 0000_0100 0000_0101 0000_0110 0000_0111 0000_1001 0000_1011 0000_1101 0000_1111 0001_0001 0001_0011 0001_1111 0111_0000 0111_0001 1111_0000 1111_0001 1111_1100 1111_1101 1111_1111
Code
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
138
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Command Code Table (1)
Command
Pixel PixelZ Xvector Yvector XvectorNoEnd YvectorNoEnd XvectorBlpClear YvectorBlpClear XvectorNoEndBlpClear YvectorNoEndBlpClear AntiXvector AntiYvector AntiXvectorNoEnd AntiYvectorNoEnd AntiXvectorBlpClear AntiYvectorBlpClear AntiXvectorNoEndBlpClear AntiYvectorNoEndBlpClear ZeroVector Onevector ZeroVectorNoEnd OnevectorNoEnd ZeroVectorBlpClear OnevectorBlpClear ZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear OnevectorNoEndBlpClear AntiZeroVector AntiOnevector AntiZeroVectorNoEnd AntiOnevectorNoEnd AntiZeroVectorBlpClear AntiOnevectorBlpClear AntiZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear AntiOnevectorNoEndBlpClear 000_00000 000_00001 001_00000 001_00001 001_00010 001_00011 001_00100 001_00101 001_00110 001_00111 001_01000 001_01001 001_01010 001_01011 001_01100 001_01101 001_01110 001_01111 001_10000 001_10001 001_10010 001_10011 001_10100 001_10101 001_10110 001_10111 001_11000 001_11001 001_11010 001_11011 001_11100 001_11101 001_11110 001_11111
Code
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
139
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Command Code Table (2)
Command
BltFill BltDraw Bitmap TopLeft TopRight BottomLeft BottomRight LoadTexture LoadTILE TrapRight TrapLeft TriangleFan FlagTriangleFan Flush_FB Flush_Z PolygonBegin PolygonEnd ClearPolyFlag Normal 010_00001 010_00010 010_00011 010_00100 010_00101 010_00110 010_00111 010_01000 010_01001 011_00000 011_00001 011_00010 011_00011 110_00001 110_00010 111_00000 111_00001 111_00010 111_11111
Code
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
140
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11.3.2 Details of rendering commands
All parameters belonging to their command are stored in relevant registers. The definition of each parameter is explained in the section of each command.
Nop (Format1)
31
No operation
31
Nop
24 23
Reserved
16 15
Reserved
0
Interrupt (Format1)
Interrupt
24 23
The Interrupt command generates interrupt request to host CPU.
Reserved
16 15
Reserved
0
Sync (Format9)
31
The Sync command suspends all subsequent display list processing until event set in flag detected. Flag:
Bit number 4 3 2 1 Bit field name Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved VBLANK VBLANK Synchronization 0 No operation 1 Wait for VSYNC detection 0 VBLANK Bit 0
Sleep
24 23
Reserved
16 15
Reserved
4
flag
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
141
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SetRegister (Format2)
31 24 23 16 15 0
SetRegister
Count
(Val 0) (Val 1) (Val n)
Address
The SetRegister command sets data to sequential registers. Count: Data word count (in double-word unit) Register address Address:
Set the value of the address for SetRegister given in the register list. When transferring two or more data, set the starting register address.
SetVertex2i (Format8)
31
SetVertex2i
24 23
The SetVertex2i command sets vertices data for high-speed 2DLine or high-speed 2DTriangle to registers. Commands:
Normal PolygonBegin Sets vertex data (X, Y). Starts calculation of circumscribed rectangle for random shape to be drawn. Calculate vertices of rectangle including all vertices of random shape defined between PolygonBegin and PolygonEnd.
Xdc Ydc
Command
16 15
Reserved
43210
flag vertex
Flag: Not used
SetVertex2iP (Format8)
31
SetVertex2i
24 23
The SetVertex2iP command sets vertices data for high-speed 2DLine or high-speed 2DTriangle to registers. Only the integer (packed format) can be used to specify these vertices. Commands:
Normal PolygonBegin Sets vertices data. Starts calculation of circumscribed rectangle of random shape to be drawn. Calculate vertices of rectangle including all vertices of random shape defined between PolygonBegin and PolygonEnd.
Ydc
Command
16 15
Reserved
43210
Xdc
flag vertex
Flag: Not used
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
142
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Draw (Format5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
The Draw command executes drawing command. All parameters required for drawing command execution must be set at their appropriate registers. Commands:
PolygonEnd Draws polygon end. Fills random shape with color according to flags generated by FlagTriangleFan command and information of circumscribed rectangle generated by PolygonBegin command. Flushes drawing data in the drawing pipeline into the graphics memory. Place this command at the end of the display list. Flushes Z value data in the drawing pipeline into the graphics memory. When using the Z buffer, place this command together with the Flush_FB command at the end of the display list. 24 23 PXs PYs 16 15 0
Draw
Command
Reserved
Flush_FB Flush_Z
DrawPixel (Format5)
31 DeawPixel
Command
Reserved
The DrawPixel command draws pixel. Command:
Pixel Draws pixel without Z value.
DrawPixelZ (Format5)
31
DeawPixel
24 23
The DrawPixelZ command draws pixel with Z value. Command:
PixelZ Draws pixel with Z value.
PXs PYs PZs
Command
16 15
Reserved
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
143
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DrawLine (Format5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
DrawLine
Command
The DrawLine command draws line. It starts drawing after setting all parameters at line draw registers. Commands:
Xvector Yvector XvectorNoEnd YvectorNoEnd XvectorBlpClear Draws line (principal axis X). Draws line (principal axis Y). Draws line (principal axis X, and without end pointdrawing ). Draws line (principal axis Y, and without end point drawing). Draws line (principal axis X, and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). YvectorBlpClear Draws line (principal axis Y, and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). XvectorNoEndBlpClear Draws line (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). YvectorNoEndBlpClear Draws line (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiXvector Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X). AntiYvector Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y). AntiXvectorNoEnd Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X, and without end point drawing). AntiYvectorNoEnd Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y, and without end point drawing). AntiXvectorBlpClear Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiYvectorBlpClear Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiXvectorNoEndBlpClear Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiYvectorNoEndBlpClear Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared).
LPN LXs LXde LYs LYde
Reserved
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
144
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DrawLine2i (Format7)
31 24 23 16 15 0
DrawLine2i
The DrawLine2i command draws high-speed 2DLine. It starts drawing after setting parameters at the high-speed 2DLine drawing registers. Integer data can only be used for coordinates. Commands:
ZeroVector OneVector ZeroVectorNoEnd Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1. Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0. Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without drawing end point). OneVectorNoEnd Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without drawing end point). ZeroVectorBlpClear Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). OneVectorBlpClear Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). ZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). OneVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiZeroVector Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1. AntiOneVector Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0. AntiZeroVectorNoEnd Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without end point). AntiOneVectorNoEnd Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without end point). AntiZeroVectorBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiOneVectorBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiOneVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared).
LFXs LFYs
Command
Reserved 0 0
vertex
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
145
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DrawLine2iP (Format7)
31 24 23 16 15 0
DrawLine2iP
The DrawLine2iP command draws high-speed 2DLine. It starts drawing after setting parameters at high-speed 2DLine drawing registers. Only packed integer data can be used for coordinates. Commands:
ZeroVector OneVector ZeroVectorNoEnd Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1. Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0. Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without drawing end point). OneVectorNoEnd Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without drawing end point). ZeroVectorBlpClear Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). OneVectorBlpClear Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). ZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). OneVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiZeroVector Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1. AntiOneVector Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0. AntiZeroVectorNoEnd Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without end point). AntiOneVectorNoEnd Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without end point). AntiZeroVectorBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiOneVectorBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared). AntiOneVectorNoEndBlpClear Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared).
LFYs
Command
Reserved LFXs
vertex
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
146
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DrawTrap (Format5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
DrawTrap
Ys
Command
The DrawTrap command draws Triangle. It starts drawing after setting parameters at the Triangle Drawing registers (coordinates). Commands:
TrapRight TrapLeft Draws right triangle. Draws left triangle.
USN LSN
Xs DXdy XUs DXUdy XLs DXLdy
Reserved 0
0 0
DrawVertex2i (Format7)
31
DrawVertex2i
24 23
The DrawVertex2i command draws high-speed 2DTriangle It starts triangle drawing after setting parameters at 2DTriangle Drawing registers. Commands:
TriangleFan FlagTriangleFan
Xdc Ydc
Command
16 15
Reserved 0 0
vertex
0
Draws high-speed 2DTriangle. Draws high-speed 2DTriangle for polygon drawing in the flag buffer.
DrawVertex2iP (Format7)
31
DrawVertex2iP
24 23
The DrawVertex2iP command draws high-speed 2DTriangle It starts drawing after setting parameters at 2DTriangle Drawing registers Only the packed integer format can be used for vertex coordinates. Commands:
TriangleFan FlagTriangleFan
Ydc
Command
16 15
Reserved Xdc
vertex
0
Draw high-speed 2DTriangle. Draws high-speed 2DTriangle for polygon drawing in the flag buffer.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
147
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DrawRectP (Format5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
DrawRectP
The DrawRectP command fills rectangle. The rectangle is filled with the current color after setting parameters at the rectangle registers. Please set XRES(X resolution) to in 8 byte units when using this command. Commands:
BltFill ClearPolyFlag Fills rectangle with current color (single). Fills polygon drawing flag buffer area with 0. The size of drawing frame is defined in RsizeX,Y.
RYs RsizeY
Command
Reserved RXs RsizeX
DrawBitmapP (Format6)
31
DrawBitmapP
24 23
RYs RsizeY
Command
16 15
(Pattern 0) (Pattern 1) (Pattern n)
Count RXs RsizeX
0
The DrawBitmapP command draws rectangle patterns. Please set XRES(X resolution) to in 8 byte units when using this command. Commands:
BltDraw DrawBitmap Draws rectangle of 8 bits/pixel or 16 bits/pixel. Draws binary bitmap character pattern. Bit 0 is drawn in transparent or background color, and bit 1 is drawn in foreground color.
DrawBitmapLargeP (Format11)
31
DrawBitmapLargeP
24 23
Command
16 15
Rys RsizeY
Count (Pattern 0) (Pattern 1) (Pattern n)
Reserved Rxs RsizeX
0
The DrawBitmapP command draws rectangle patterns. The parameter(count field) could be used up to 32-bit(*1) unlike DrawBitmapP. (*1: The data format of counter field is signed long. Thus actually it is possible to use up to 31-bit.) Please set XRES(X resolution) to in 8 byte units when using this command. Commands:
BltDraw Draws rectangle of 8 bits/pixel or 16 bits/pixel.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
148
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BltCopyP (Format5)
31 24 23 16 15 0
BltCopyP
The BltCopyP command copies rectangle pattern within drawing frame. Please set XRES(X resolution) to in 8 byte units when using this command. Commands:
TopLeft TopRight BottomLeft BottomRight
31
SRYs DRYs BRsizeY
Command
Reserved SRXs DRXs BRsizeX
Starts BitBlt transfer from top left coordinates. Starts BitBlt transfer from top right coordinates. Starts BitBlt transfer from bottom left coordinates. Starts BitBlt transfer from bottom right coordinates. Command
16 15
BltCopyAlternateP (Format5)
BltCopyAlternateP
24 23
SRYs DRYs BRsizeY
SADDR SStride DADDR DStride
Reserved SRXs DRXs BRsizeX
0
The BltCopyAlternateP command copies rectangle between two separate drawing frames. Please set XRES(X resolution) to in 8 byte units when using this command. And please set SStride and DStride to in 8 byte units. Command:
TopLeft Starts BitBlt transfer from top left coordinates.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
149
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP (Format5)
31
BltCopyAlternateP
24 23
Command
16 15
SRYs BlendRYs DRYs BRsizeY
SADDR SStride BlendStride
Reserved SRXs BlendRXs DRXs BRsizeX
0
The BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP command performs alpha blending for the source (specified using SADDR, SStride, SRXs, SRXy) and the alpha map (specified using ABR (alpha base address), BlendStride, BlendRXs, BlendRYs) and then copies the result of the alpha blending to the destination (specified using FBR (frame buffer base address), XRES (X resolution), DRXs, and DRYs). Please set XRES(X resolution) to in 8 byte units when using this command. And please set SStride and BlendStride to in 8 byte units. Command:
reserved Set 0000_0000 to maintain future compatibility.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
150
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
12. PCI Configuration Registers
For the Coral-PA, the PCI Configuration registers are divided into two subgroups: 1. Device specific registers (eg. Vendor ID). These should not normally be modified by the user. These registers can be loaded from EEPROM.
2. Application specific registers (eg. PCI Command Register). These can be modified by the user and must be programmed using PCI Configuration cycles as they can not be loaded from the EEPROM. However an EEPROM loadable 32 bit register is available for the user.
For the EEPROM loadable configuration registers, the Coral-PA uses Byte Addresses which are used on the PCI bus. However, when in 16 bit data mode the EEPROM requires word addresses. The EEPROM preloaded using the 16 bit word addresses shown in the below.
12.1 PCI Configuration register list
31:24 23:16 15:8 7:0 VENDER ID COMMND REVISION ID MASTER CACHELINE LATENCY SIZE TIMER BASE ADDRESS REGISTER0 RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED SUBSYSTEM ID SUBSYSTEM VENDOR ID RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED RESERVED MAX LAT MIN GNT INTERRUPT INTERRUPT PIN LINE RESERVED RETRY TRDY TIME OUT TIME OUT USER REGISTER DEVICE ID STATUS CLASS CODE BIST HEADER TYPE
PCI Byte Address
00 04 08 0C
EEPROM Word Address
01 05 07
00 04 -
10 14 18 1C 20 24 28 2C 30 34 38 3C 40 44
17 1F 23
16 1E 22
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
151
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
12.2 PCI Configuration Registers Descriptions
In the following sections, the following abbreviations in the "Type" field apply: RORegister is Read -only, not loadable via EEPROM. : ER: Register is Read-only, loadable via EEPROM. RW: Register is Read/Writable using PCI configuration transactions; not loadable via EEPROM.
For further information about these fields, please refer to the PCI Specification v2.1, Section6.
Vendor ID Register
Bit
15-0
Type
ER
Reset Value
10CFh
Description
Identifies the vendor of the IC. The Reset Value represents the vendor ID of Fujitsu Limited.
Device ID Register
Bit
15-0
Type
ER
Reset Value
201Eh
Description
ID of Fujitsu Limited PCI device (Coral device ID).
PCI Command Register
Bit
15-10 9 8 7 6 5 4
Type
RW RW RW RW
Reset Value
0 0
0 0 0 0 0
3 2 1 0
RW RW RW
0 0 0 0
Reserved Fast Back-to-Back Master Enable. This is not supported by the Coral-PA and should be set to `0' System Error Enable. This is supported by the Coral-PA. Reserved Parity Error Enable. This is supported by the Coral-PA. Reserved Memory Write and Invalidate Enable. This feature is not supported in master mode, but in slave mode the Coral-PA will convert any Memory Write and Invalidate commands to Memory Write commands. This bit should be set to `0'. Reserved Bus Master Enable. This bit must be set to `1' by the user for correct operation. Memory Access Enable. This bit must be set to `1' by the user for correct operation. I/O Access Enable. The Coral-PA does not do I/O Accesses.
Description
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
152
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
PCI Status Register
Bit
15 14 13 12 11 10-9 8 7 6 5 4-0
Type
Status Status Status Status Status RO Status RO RO -
0 0 0 0
Reset Value
0 01 0 1 0 0 -
Parity Error has been detected by the Coral-PA. System Error has been signaled by the Coral-PA. Received Master Abort. Set to `1' when a PCI Master terminates a user to the Coral-PA transaction with Master Abort. Received Target Abort. Set to `1' when the Coral-PA has initiated a transaction that has been terminated by Target Abort. Target Abort has been signaled by the Coral-PA. Device Select Timing. Indicates the timing of the DEVSEL# signal when the Coral-PA responds as a PCI Target. Data Parity Error detected. Fast Back-to-Back Capable Status Flag. Reserved 66MHz Capable Flag. Reserved
Description
Revision ID Register
Bit
7-0
Type
ER
Reset Value
01h
Description
Revision ID of the Coral-PA.
PCI Class Code Register
Bit
23-0
Type
ER
Reset Value
038000h
Class Code of the Coral-PA. The Reset value means "Display Controller" of non-specific type.
Description
Casheline Size Register
Bit
7-0
Type
RW
Reset Value
0
Description
Casheline Size.
Master Latency Timer Register
Bit
7-2
Type
RW
Reset Value
0
1-0
-
0
Master Latency Timer Count Value. This register sets the minimum number of PCI clocks the Coral-PA is guaranteed access to the PCI bus. After the count has expired, the Coral-PA releases the PCI bus as soon as another PCI Master is granted the bus by the bus arbiter. Reserved
Description
Header Type Register
Bit
7-0
Type
ER
0
Reset Value
Description
As defined in the PCI Specification, Section 6.2.1.
BIST Register
Bit
7-0 -
Type
Reset Value
0
Description
This field is not used by the Coral-PA, so it is hard-wired to zero.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
153
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Memory Base Address Register
Bit
31 RW
Type
Reset Value
0
Memory Base Address. This determines the address of the first Coral-PA non PCI register. The Coral-PA will respond as a Target to accesses in the address range: (memory_base_address) to (memory_base_address + 3FF0000H)
Description
Subsystem Vendor ID Register
Bit
15-0
Type
ER
0
Reset Value
Description
Subsystem Vendor ID. This register can be loaded from EEPROM.
Subsystem ID Register
Bit
15-0
Type
ER
0
Reset Value
Description
Subsystem ID. This register can be loaded from EEPROM
Interrupt Line Register
Bit
7-0
Type
RW
Reset Value
0
Description
Interrupt Line Register. Used to convey interrupt line routing information.
Interrupt Pin Register
Bit
7-0
Type
RW
Reset Value
1
Description
Identifies which PCI Interrupt pin the Coral-PA is connected to. The default value of this indicate that the Coral-PA is connected to the INTA line, which is the usual setting for this field.
Min Grant Register
Bit
7-0
Type
ER
0
Reset Value
Description
Identifies the maximum length of PCI burst period the Coral-PA needs. This should be left at the reset setting.
Max Latency Register
Bit
7-0
Type
ER
0
Reset Value
Description
Specifies how often the Coral-PA needs to access the bus. This should be left at the reset settings.
TRDY Timeout Value Register
Bit
7-0
Type
RW
Reset Value
80h
Description
Sets the number of PCI clocks the Coral-PA will wait for TRDY, when acting as a Bus Master.
Retry Timeout Value Register
Bit
7-0
Type
RW
Reset Value
80h
Description
Sets the number of retries of the Coral-PA will perform when acting as a Bus Master.
User Programmable Register
Bit
31-0
Type
ER
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
0
Reset Value
Description
User programmable register
154
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13 Local Memory Registers
13.1 Local memory register list
13.1.1 Host interface register list
Base = HostBase
Offset 0020 0024 002C 0038 005C 00A0 00A4
FRST SRBS SRBS FRST CCF CGE COT
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7654321 0
IST IST IMASK IST IMASK IMASK IMASK SRST SRST RSW RSW I IST
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
155
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
00A8 00AC 00B0 00B4 00B8 00F0 8000 8004
STRT NDA NSA IOM GIM GD GWE SIC CK D SID FSL FS TLS RWD TRC NP CID CN BSA SA BDA DA BCR BSIZE BSR XCOR IMODE TCM BCM EXTEN BER ABORT EXTST BEN TCNT BCB RWDATA * 8 BST TC BC MODE TSIZE VER CKP CKG DOE SD SP SL GD GD SER RGB BEE SBE TCE BCE EEE
8008 800C 8010 8014 8040 ... 805C
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
156
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.1.2 I2C interface register list
Base = I2CBase
Offset 000 004 008 00C 010 014 018 01C
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Access Prohibitation Access Prohibitation Access Prohibitation
BSR BCR CCR ADR DAR
13.1.3 Graphics memory interface register list
Base = HostBase
Offset FFFC
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DTC
LOWD TRRD TRCD TWR SAW TRC TRAS RTS ASW TRP CL ID
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
157
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.1.4 Display controller register list
Offset 000
Base = DisplayBase
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9876543210
DCE (Display Controller Enable)
L45E L23E L1E L0E CKS DCS DEN
DCM (Display Control Mode)
SC SYNC L0WP SYNC EEQ EDE EOF EOD SF ESY CKinv CKDe
DCEE (Display Controller Extend Enable) SC EEQ EDE EOF EOD SF ESY CKDn DEN L5E L4E L3E L2E L1E L0E CKS DCS DCM2 (Display Control Mode 2) DCM3 (Display Control Mode 3) RUF RUM
100
104 108 004 008 00C 010 014 018 01C
L0C VSWH
HTP (H Total Pixels) HDB (H Display Boundary) VSW HSW VTR (V Total Rasters) VDP (V Display Period) WY (Window Y) WH (Window Height)
HDP (H Display Period) HSP (H Sync pulse Position) VSP (V Sync pulse Position) WX (Window X) WW (Window Width)
020 024 028 02C
L0EC
110 114 118
L0M (L0 Mode) L0S (L0 Stride) L0H (L0 Height) L0OA (L0 Origin Address) L0DA (L0 Display Address) L0DY (L0 Display Y) L0DX (L0 Display X) L0EM (L0 Extend Mode)
L0PB
L1C L1YC L1CS L1IM
030 034
L0WY (L0 Window Y) L0WH (L0 Window Height) L1M (L1 Mode) L1S (L1 Stride)
L0WX (L0 Window X) L0WW (L0 Window Width)
L1DA (L1 Display Address) L1EM (L1 Extend Mode)
L1EC
120
DM
L1PB
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
158
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
L2M (L2 Mode)
L2FLP L2C
040 044 048 04C 050 054
L2S (L2 Stride)
L2H (L2 Height)
L2OA0 (L2 Origin Address 0) L2DA0 (L2 Display Address 0) L2OA1 (L2 Origin Address 1) L2DA1 (L2 Display Address 1) L2DY (L2 Display Y) L2DX (L2 Display X) L2EM (L2 Extend Mode)
L2PB L2OM L2WP L2EC
130 134 138
L2WY (L2 Window Y) L2WH (L2 Window Height)
L2WX (L2 Window X) L2WW (L2 Window Width)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
159
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 058 05C 060 064 068 06C
L3EC
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
L3M (L3 Mode)
L3FLP
L3S (L3 Stride)
L3H (L3 Height)
L3C
L3PB
144 148
L4C
070 074 078 07C 080 084
L4FLP
L3WY (L3 Window Y) L3WX (L3 Window X) L3WH (L3 Window Height) L3WW (L3 Window Width) L4M (L4 Mode) L4S (L4 Stride) L4H (L4 Height) L4OA0 (L4 Origin Address 0) L4DA0 (L4 Display Address 0) L4OA1 (L4 Origin Address 1) L4DA1 (L4 Display Address 1) L4DY (L4 Display Y) L4DX (L4 Display X) L4EM (L4 Extend Mode)
L4OM L4WP
154 158
L5FLP L5C
L4EC
150
L4WY (L4 Window Y) L4WH (L4 Window Height) L5M (L5 Mode) L5S (L5 Stride)
L4WX (L4 Window X) L4WW (L4 Window Width) L5H (L5 Height)
088 08C 090 094 098 09C
164 168
L5WY (L5 Window Y) L5WH (L5 Window Height)
L5WX (L5 Window X) L5WW (L5 Window Width)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
160
L5OM L5WP
L5EC
110
L5OA0 (L5 Origin Address 0) L5DA0 (L5 Display Address 0) L5OA1 (L5 Origin Address 1) L5DA1 (L5 Display Address 1) L5DY (L5 Display Y) L5X (L5 Display X) L5EM (L5 Extend Mode)
L3OM L3WP
140
L3OA0 (L3 Origin Address 0) L3DA0 (L3 Display Address 0) L3OA1 (L3 Origin Address 1) L3DA1 (L3 Display Address 1) L3DY (L3 Display Y) L3DX (L3 Display X) L3EM (L3 Extend Mode)
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
161
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 0A0 0A4 0A8 0AC 0B0 180 184 0B4 188 18C 190 194 198
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CSIZE
CSIZ1 CSIZ0
CPM
CUO1 CUO0 CUE1 CUE0
CUTC (Cursor Transparent Control)
CUZT CUTC
CUOA0 (CUrsor0 Origin Address) CUY0 (Cursor0 Position Y) CUX0 (Cursor0 Position X) CUOA1 (CUrsor1 Origin Address) CUY1 (Cursor1 Position Y) CUX1 (Cursor1 Position X) DLS (Display Layer Select) DLS5 DLS4 DLS3 DLS2 DLS1 DLS0 DBGC (Display Back Ground Color)
L0BLD (L0 Blend) L0BE L0BS L0BI L0BP L0BR L1BR L2BR L3BR L4BR L5BR L1BLD (L1 Blend) L2BLD (L2 Blend) L3BLD (L3 Blend) L4BLD (L4 Blend) L5BLD (L5 Blend) L5BE L5BS L5BI L4BE L4BS L4BI L4BP L3BE L3BS L3BI L3BP L2BE L2BS L2BI L2BP L1BE L1BS L1BI L1BP
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
162
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 0BC
L2ZT
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
L0TC (L0 Transparent Control)
L0ZT
L0TC (L0 Transparent Color)
L3TR (L3 Transparent Control) L3TR (L3 Transparent Color)
L2TC (L2 Transparent Color)
L0EZT
1A0 1A4 1A8 1AC 1B0 1B4 1E0 1E4 1E8 1EC 1F0 1F4
L0TEC (L0 Extend Transparency Control) L0ETC (L0 Extend Transparent Color) L1TEC (L1 Transparent Extend Control) L1EZT L1ETC (L1 Extend Transparent Color) L2TEC (L2 Transparent Extend Control) L2EZT L2ETC (L2 Extend Transparent Color) L3TEC (L3 Transparent Extend Control) L3EZT L3ETC (L3 Extend Transparent Color) L4ETC (L4 Extend Transparent Control) L4EZT L4ETC (L4 Extend Transparent Color) L5ETC (L5 Extend Transparent Control) L5EZT L5ETC (L5 Extend Transparent Color)
L1YCR0 (L1 YC to Red Coefficient 0) a12 L1YCR1 (L1 YC to Red Coefficient 1) b1 L1YCG0 (L1 YC to Green Coefficient 0) a22 L1YCG1 (L1 YC to Green Coefficient 1) b2 L1YCB0 (L1 YC to Blue Coefficient 0) a32 L1YCB0 (L1 YC to Blue Coefficient 0) b3
L3ZT
0C0
L2TR (L2 Transparent Control)
a11 a13 a21 a23 a31 a33
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
163
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 400 404 : 7FC 800 804 : BFC 1000 1004 : 13FC 1400 1404 : 17FC A R L3PAL1 : L3PAL255 A R L2PAL1 : L2PAL255 L3PAL0 G B A R L1PAL1 : L1PAL255 L2PAL0 G B
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
L0PAL0 A R L0PAL1 : L0PAL255 L1PAL0 G B G B
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
164
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.1.5 Video capture register list
Base = CaptureBase
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VIE
CM
004 008 00C
VSCI
CSC (Capture SCale) VSCF HSCI VCS (Video Capture Status) VCS_MSK (Video Capture Status MASK)
HSCF CE MSK_CE
SSM CBST HP VP HRV
OOM SBUF CRGB PAU
CBW (stride)
C24 BED CSW
010 014 018 01C 020 028 040 048 04C 080 084 088
CBM (Capture Buffer Mode)
SSS
CIVSTR CIVEND
CBOA (Capture Buffer Origin Address) CBLA (Capture Buffer Limit Address) CHP (Capture Horizontal Pixel)
CIHSTR CIHEND
CHP CLPF (Capture Low Pass Filter) CVLPF CHLPF CMSS (Capture Magnify Source Size) CMSHP CMSVL CMDS (Capture Magnify Display Size) CMDHP CMDVL RGBHC(RGB input HSYNC Cycle)/VIN_HSSIZE RGBHEN(RGB input Horizontal Enable Area) RGBHST RGBHEN RGBVEN(RGB input Vertical Enable Area) RGBVST RGBVEN RGBS(RGB input SYNC) RGBCMY(RGB Color convert Matrix Y coefficient) a12 RGBCMCb(RGB Color convert Matrix Cb coefficient) a22 RGBCMCr(RGB Color convert Matrix Cr coefficient) a32
RM
RGBHC
090 0C0 0C4 0C8 a11 a21 a31
a13 a23 a33
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
165
NRGB VS
VICE
VIS
VI
000
VCM (Video Capture Mode)
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
0CC b1 RGBCMb(RGB Color convert Matrix b coefficient) b2 b3
Offset
31
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
4000 4004
CDCN(Capture Data Count for NTSC) BDCN CDCP(Capture Data Count for PAL) BDCP
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VDCN VDCP
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Offset
31
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
166
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.1.6 Drawing engine register list
The parenthesized value in the Offset field denotes the absolute address used by the SetRegister command. Base = DrawBase
Offset 000 (000) 004 (001) 008 (002) 00C (003) 010 (004) 014 (005) 018 (006) 01C (007) 020 (008) 040 (010) 044 (011) 048 (012) 04C (013) 050 (014) 054 (015) 058 (016) 05C (017) 060 (018)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SSSS SSSS SSSS SSSS SSSS SSSS SSSS 0000 0000 00000000 SSSSSSSS SSSSSSSS 00000000 SSSSSSSS SSSSSSSS 00000000 SSSSSSSS SSSSSSSS
Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int
Ys Xs
Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac 0 0 Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac
dXdy XUs dXUdy XLs dXLdy USN LSN Rs dRdx dRdy Gs dGdx dGdy Bs dBdx dBdy
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
167
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
080 (020) 0 084 (021) S 088 (022) S 0C0 (030) S S S 0C4 (031) S S S 0C8 (032) S S S 0CC (033) S S S 0D0 (034) S S S 0D4 (035) S S S 0D8 (036) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0DC (037) S S S S S S S 0E0 (038) S S S S S S S 140 (050) 0 0 0 0 144 (051) S S S S
INT
Zs Int dZdx Int dZdy Int Ss Int dSdx Int dSdy Int Ts Int dTdx Int dTdy Int Qs Frac dQdx INT Frac dQdx INT Frac LPN Int LXs Int Int Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac LZde Int Frac Int 0 Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac
LXde 148 (052) S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
14C (053) S S S S
LYs Int
LYde 150 (054) S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
154 (055) S 158 (056) S
LZs Int
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
168
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 180 (060) 184 (061) 188 (062) 200 (080) 204 (081) 208 (082) 20C (083) 240 (090) 244 (091) 248 (092) 24C (093) 250 (094) 254 (095) 258 (096) 25C (097) 250 (098) 254 (099) 258 (09A) 3E0 (0f8)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PXdc SSSS SSSS S SSSS SSSS SSSS SSSS 0000000 SStride
0000 0000 0000 0000000
Int
PYdc
Frac Frac PZdc Frac RXs
Int Int Int
RYs
0 0 RsizeX 0 RsizeY 0 SADDR Address
Int Int Int
Int
SRXs
0 0 SRYs 0 DADDR Address DStride
Int Int
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Int
DRXs
0 0 DRYs 0 BRsizeX 0 BRsizeY 0 TColor Color BLPO BCR
Int Int Int Int 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
169
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 400 (100) 404 (-) 408 (-) 40C (-) 410 (-) 414 (-) 418 (-) 420 (108) 424 (109) 428 (10a) 42C (10b) 430 (10c) 43C (10f) TT
MDR3 TWS TWT TAB TBL MDR4 LOG MDR7 PGH PTH PZH LTH EZ GG BM TE TBU BA TC TF ZP
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CTR FCNT IFSR IFCNT FCNT SST SS DS DS PST PS EST MDR0 CF BSV BSH CY CX FD PE CE MDR1/MDR1S/MDR1B/MDR1TL FD FE CE SS DS PS FD FE CE NF FF FE LOG LOG
LW
BM BM
ZCL ZCL
ZW
MDR2/MDR2S/MDR2TL ZW ZC AS SM
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
170
ZC AS SM
BP BL
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 440 (110) 444 (111) 448 (112) 44C (113) 450 (114) 454 (115) 458 (116) 45C (117) 460 (118) 464 (119) 468 (11a) 46C (11b) 470 (11C) 474 (11D) 480 (120) 484 (121) 488 (122) 48C (123) 494 (129)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FBR FBASE XRES XRES ZBR ZBASE TBR TBASE PFBR PFBASE CXMIN CLIPXMIN CXMAX CLIPXMAX CYMIN CLIPYMIN CYMAX CLIPYMAX TXS TXSN TIS TISN TOA XBO SHO SHOFFS ABR ABASE FC FGC8/16/24 BC BGC8/16/24 ALF A BLP TBC BC16/24 TISM TXSM
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
171
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Offset 540 (150) 544 (151) 548 (150) 54C (151) 580 (160) 584 (161) 588 (162) 58C (163) 590 (164) 594 (165)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LX0dc
0000
Int LY0dc Int LX1dc Int LY1dc Int X0dc Int Y0dc Int X1dc Int Y1dc Int X2dc Int Y2dc Int
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
172
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.1.7 Geometry engine register list
The parenthesized value in the Offset field denotes the absolute address used by the SetRegister command. Base = GeometryBase
Offset 000 (-) 040 (2010) 044 (2011)
PO TC LV
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
GCTR FCMT GS DF
BO CF
SS
ST Z EP EP FD FD
PS
C F CF CF AA AA
FO
NF UW
GMDR0 GMDR1 GMDR1E
BM TM
048 (2012)
-
GMDR2 GMDR2E DFIFOG
SP TL
400 (-)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
173
BO
BC
BP
SP
-
FE
FF
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2 Explanation of Local Memory Registers
Terms appeared in this chapter are explained below: 1. Register address Indicates address of register 2. Bit number Indicates bit number 3. Bit field name Indicates name of each bit field included in register 4. R/W Indicates access attribute (read/write) of each field Each symbol shown in this section denotes the following: R0 W0 R W RX RW RW0 "0" always read at read. Write access is Don't care. Only "0" can be written. Read enabled Write enabled Read enabled (read values undefined) Read and write enabled Read and write 0 enabled
5. Initial value Indicates initial value of immediately before the reset of each bit field. 6. Handling of reserved bits "0" is recommended for the write value so that compatibility can be maintained with future products.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
174
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.1 Host interface registers
IST (Interrupt STatus)
Register HostBaseAddress + 20H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name IST *1 Reserved Resv Reserved Resv IST IST R/W RW0 R RW0 R0 R0W0 R0 R0 RW0 RW0
*1 Reserved This register indicates the current interrupt status. It shows that an interrupt request is issued when "1" is set to this register. The interrupt status is cleared by writing "0" to this register.
Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 17 and 16 CERR (Command Error Flag) Indicates drawing command execution error interrupt CEND (Command END) Indicates drawing command end interrupt VSYNC (Vertical Sync.) Indicates vertical interrupt synchronization FSYNC (Frame Sync.) Indicates frame synchronization interrupt SYNCERR (Sync. Error) Indicates external synchronization error interrupt REGUD (Register update) Indicates register update interrupt Reserved This field is provided for testing. Normally, the read value is "0", but note that it may be "1" when a drawing command error (Bit 0) has occurred. SII (Serial Interface Interrupt) Indicates a serial interface write/read has completed. GI (GPIO Interrupt) Indicates that a GPIO input has changed state (0->1 or 1->0) BC (Burst Complete) Indicates that a burst has completed (as part of a Burst Control Unit transfer). Note that this bit is cleared by writing to the BST (Burst Status) register, not the IST. TC (Transfer Complete) Indicates that a transfer is complete (as controlled by the Burst Control Unit). Note that this bit is cleared by writing to the BST (Burst Status) register, not the IST. HF (HIF Fatal) Indicates that a fatal error occurred in a PCI transfer. AE (Address Error) Indicates that an invalid address was specified for an access (eg. Host Interface registers as a BCU source address).
Initial value
0
0
0
R0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
175
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
IMASK (Interrupt MASK)
Register HostBaseAddress + 24H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserve IMASK IMASK IMASK *1 Reserved Resv Reserved d
RW 0 R0 0 R0 0 R0W0
R/W Initial value
R0 0
RW 0
RW 0
0
*1 Reserved This register masks interrupt requests. Even when the interrupt request is issued for the bit to which "0" is written, interrupt signal is not asserted for CPU.
Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 CERRM (Command Error Interrupt Mask) Masks drawing command execution error interrupt CENDM (Command Interrupt Mask) Masks drawing command end interrupt VSYNCM (Vertical Sync. Interrupt Mask) Masks vertical synchronization interrupt FSYNCH (Frame Sync. Interrupt Mask) Masks frame synchronization interrupt SYNCERRM (Sync Error Mask) Masks external synchronization error interrupt REGUD (Register update) Masks register update interrupt SIIM (Serial Interface Interrupt) Masks serial interface interrupt. GIM (GPIO Interrupt) Masks GPIO interrupt. BCM (Burst Complete) Masks Burst Complete interrupt. TCM (Transfer Complete) Masks Transfer complete interrupt. HFM (HIF Fatal) Masks HIF fatal interrupt. AEM (Address Error) Masks address error interrupt.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
176
R0 0
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SRST (Software ReSeT)
Register HostBaseAddress + 2CH address Bit number 7 6 5 Bit field name R/W Initial value
4 Reserved R0 0
3
2
1
0 SRST W1 0
This register controls software reset. When "1" is set to this register, a software reset is performed.
CCF (Change of Clock Frequency)
This register changes the operating frequency.
Bit 19 and 18
Register HostBaseAddress + 0038 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CGE COT Reserved R/W RW0 RW RW RW0 Initial value 0 00 00 0
CGE (Clock select for Geometry Engine) Selects the clock for the geometry engine 11 Reserved 10 166 MHz 01 133 MHz 00 100 MHz COT (Clock select for the others except-geometry engine) Selects the clock for other than the geometry engine 11 Reserved 10 Reserved 01 133 MHz 00 100 MHz
Bit 17 and 16
Notes:
1. Write "0" to the bit field other than the above ([31:20], [15:00]). 2. Operation is not assured when the clock setting relationship is CGE < COT.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
177
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL RSW (Register location Switch)
Setting this register will move the register area from the center (1FC0000) to the end of the CORAL area (3FC0000). This move can be performed when "1" is written to this register. Set this register at the first access after reset. Access CORAL after about 20 bus clocks after setting the register.
Register HostBaseAddress + 5C H address Bit number 7 6 5 Bit field name R/W Initial value
4 Reserved R0 0
3
2
1
0 RSW RW 0
FRST (Firm ReSeT)
Reserved R0 0
Initial value
Writing a "1b" to this register will trigger a Firm Reset. This resets the complete device (as far as possible) including the PCI Interface.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
178
RW 0
R/W
FRST
Register HostBaseAddress + 00A0H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SRBS (Slave Read Burst Size)
Register HostBaseAddress + 00A4H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved SRBS R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 0
This register specifies the length of a burst read through the PCI Slave Interface as SRBS+1. By default this register is set to "000b" indicating a burst read length of 1 dword. The maximum setting is 7 ("111b") and indicates a burst read length of 8 dwords.
IOM (IO Mode)
Resv. R0 0
GIM RW 0
GD
Initial value
0
*1 - initial reset value specified by Burst Enable pin state at reset. *2 - initial reset value specified by Transfer Complete pin state at reset. This register determines the function of those Coral PA pins under the control of the host interface. It also defines the direction (input/output) of any GPIO.
Bit 0 EEE (EEPROM Enable) If set then the PCI EEPROM Configuration function is enabled. This field takes it's reset value from the Transfer Complete pin at system reset. Note that if the RGB input is enabled then the EEPROM interface us disabled regardless of the value of this register. If this field is "0b" (and the RGB input is not enabled) then the EEPROM pins operate either as serial interface pins or GPIO as determined by the SER field. BCE (Burst Complete Enable) If set to "1b" then the BC pin operates as Burst Complete. Otherwise if set to "0b" it operates as a GPIO. If the RGB input is enabled this field is ignored and the BC pin operates as an RGB input pin. TCE (Transfer Complete Enable) If set to "1b" then the TC pin operates as Transfer Complete. Otherwise if set to "0b" it operates as GPIO. SBE (Slave Busy Enable) If set to "1b" then the SB pin operates as Slave Busy. Otherwise if set to "0b" it operates as a GPIO. If the RGB input is enabled this field is ignored and the SB pin operates as an RGB input pin. BEE (Burst Enable Enable) If set to "1b" then the BEN pin operates as Burst Enable. Otherwise if set to "0b" it operates as GPIO. RGB (RGB input enable) If set to "1b" then the RGB input is enabled. This field takes its reset value from the Burst Enable pin at system reset and overrides all other IO enable fields.
Bit 1
Bit 2 Bit 3
Bit 4 Bit 5
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
179
RW RW RW RW RW RW RW 0 *1 0 0 0 0 *2
R/W
RW
SER RGB BEE SBE TCE BCE EEE
Register HostBaseAddress + 00A8H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 6 SER (SERial Interface enable) If set to "1b" then the serial interface is enabled. This field is ignored if either the RGB input or EEPROM is enabled. For the serial interface strobe signal to be used the SBE field must also be clear ("0b"). GD (GPIO Direction) Specifies the direction of pins acting as GPIO. If a bit is "0b" then the pin acts as an input. Otherwise if set to "1b" it operates as an output. The mapping to pins is: Bit 7: EDO Bit 8: EDI Bit 9: ECK Bit 10: ECS Bit 11: EE Bit 12: BC Bit 13: TC Bit 14: SB Bit 15: BEN GIM (GPIO Interrupt Mask) Masks (enables) interrupt triggering on a GPIO pin by pin basis. If a bit is set to "1b" then a change in stage of that pin (0->1 or 1->0) can trigger an interrupt via the IST register. Otherwise if set to "0b" no interrupt will be triggered. Care should be taken to disable interrupts on pins not operating as GPIO inputs, otherwise unwanted interrupts may occur. The mapping to pins is: Bit 16: EDO Bit 17: EDI Bit 18: ECK Bit 19: ECS Bit 20: EE Bit 21: BC Bit 22: TC Bit 23: SB Bit 24: BEN Bit 25: GI0 Bit 26: GI1 Bit 27: GI2 Bit 28: GI3 Bit 29: GI4
Bit 15 to Bit 7
Bit 29 to Bit 16
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
180
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL GD (GPIO Data)
Register HostBaseAddress + 00ACH address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved GWE Resv GD R/W R0 W R0 RW Initial value 0 0 0 0 (*1)
*1 - initial value will be affected by state of GPIO pins This register contains the GPIO read/write data field and the write mask when setting GPIO outputs.
Bit 13 to Bit 0 GD (GPIO Data) This field is used for both reading the value of GPIO inputs and specifying the value for GPIO outputs. When writing to this field only those pins with the corresponding bit set in the GWE field will be changed. The bit positions refer to the following pins: Bit 0: EDO Bit 1: EDI Bit 2: ECK Bit 3: ECS Bit 4: EE Bit 5: BC Bit 6: TC Bit 7: SB Bit 8: BEN Bit 9: GI0 Bit 10: GI1 Bit 11: GI2 Bit 12: GI3 Bit 13: GI4 GWE (GPIO Write Enable) When writing values to the GPIO Outputs using the GD field, this field specifies those bits which are being written to. If a bit in this field is "1b" then the corresponding bit will be written to. Otherwise if a bit it "0b" the corresponding bit will remain unchanged. The bit positions refer to the following pins: Bit 16: EDO Bit 17 EDI Bit 18: ECK Bit 19: ECS Bit 20: EE Bit 21: BC Bit 22: TC Bit 23: SB Bit 24: BEN
Bit 24 to Bit 16
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
181
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SIC (Serial Interface Control)
Register HostBaseAddress + 00B0H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
CKP CKG Reserved R0 0 CKD RW 0 Reserved R0 0 DOE Reserved R0 0 RW RW RW
This register provides control for the serial interface protocol and clock.
Bit 0 SL (Strobe Length) If set to "0b" then the strobe signal is only active for one cycle at the start of a transfer. Otherwise if set to "1b" it is active for the duration of the cycle. Note that this field may be overridden for a single transaction using the FS/FSL fields in the SID register. SP (Strobe Polarity) If set to "0b" then strobe is active low. Otherwise if set to "1b" it is active high. SD (Strobe Disable) If set to "1b" then the serial interface strobe is disabled. Note that this field may be overridden foe a single transaction using the FS field in the SID register. DOE (Data Output Enable control) If set to "0b" then the Data Out signal is driven permanently even when transactions are not in progress. If set to "1b" then the Data Out is driven only during active cycles. CKD (Clock Divisor) This field specifies the serial interface clock divisor. The main system clock is divided down by one of the following factors: 00b: 16 01b: 32 10b: 64 11b: 128 Based on a 133MHz internal clock these yield frequencies of approximately 8.3MHz, 4.1MHz, 2.0 MHz and 1.0MHz respectively. CKG (Clock Gating) When set to "1b" the serial interface clock is only active during active transfers. Otherwise if set to "0b" it is active continuously. Note that the CKP field specifies the inactive value when the clock is static. CKP (Clock Polarity) When set to "0b" data/strobe are clocked out on a falling edge of the serial interface clock and data in is clocked in on the next falling edge. When clock gating is enabled (by setting the CKG field) the static level is low. When set to "1b" data/strobe are clocked out on a rising edge of the serial interface clock and data in is clocked in on the next falling edge. When clock gating is enabled (by setting the CKG field) the static level is high.
Initial value
00
0
Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 8 Bit 17 to Bit 16
Bit 18
Bit 19
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
182
RW RW RW 000
R/W
SD SP SL
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SID (Serial Interface Data)
Register HostBaseAddress + 00B4H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
Reserved R0 0 FSL FS TLS RW 0 RWD RW 0 RW RW 00
R/W Initial value
This register is used to write/read serial interface data, enable a transfer and monitor a transfers progress.
Bit 0 to Bit 7 RWD (Read/Write Data) When written to specifies the serial output data. When read it contains the serial interface input data. Note that data will be shifted out top bit (bit 7) first down to the bottom bit (bit 0) last. Read data will be shifted in to the bottom bit and shifted up by by each bit of the transfer. For transfer of length 8 this will yield consistent read/write data. For transfers of less than 8 bits then identical read and write data will appear different. TLS (Transfer Length/Status) Specifies the length of a transfer and can be used to monitor its status. For each bit of a transfer this field is shifted up by one until it is "00000000b". For example, to specify a transfer of 8 bits "00000001b" should be written. To specify a transfer of 3 bits "00100000" should be written. FS (Force Strobe) For a single transfer this field can be used to override settings in the SIC register. If set to "1b" then a strobe will be done with a length specified in the FSL field. FSL (Force Strobe Length) For a single transfer if the FS field is set this field overrides the SL field in the SIC register and specifies the Strobe Length for the transfer. A value of "0b" specifies a strobe only for the first active cycle of the transfer. A value of "1b" specifies a strobe active for the whole transfer.
Bit 15 to Bit 8
Bit 16 Bit 17
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
183
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TRC (Transfer Rate Change)
Register HostBaseAddress + B8H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
Reserved
R0W0
*1
Initial value
0
*1 Reserved ON/OFF of the pre-fetch function at the time of slave read is changed. Please set 0x00000002 at the hardware initialization, for turning OFF a pre-fetch function. Except for the hardware initialization, when you change a setup of this bit into 1 from 0, please perform the following procedure. After slave burst READ to the last graphic memory, Write 0x00000000 to the domain which is not using a graphics memory. And read Host interface register (ex. HostBase+BFFC) Then, set this bit to 1. when you change a setup of this bit into 0 from 1, there is especially no restriction.
Bit 1 NP (No pre-fetch mode ) 0: pre-fetch function ON 1: pre-fetch function OFF
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
184
RW R0W0 00
R/W
NP
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CID (Chip ID register)
Register HostBaseAddress + 00f0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CN VER R/W R0 R R Initial value 0 0000_0011 0000_1000
This is the chip identification register.
Bit 7 to 0
VER (VERsion) This field indicates the chip's unique version number. Note that the unique version number for the ES version and that of the mass-produced version are different. 0000_0000 ES 0000_0001 Reserved 0000_0010 Reserved for CoralQ 0000_0011 Reserved for Coral B 0000_0100 Reserved 0000_0101 Reserved 0000_0110 Reserved for P (Coral P value) others Reserved 0000_1000 Reserved for PA (Coral PA value) CN (Chip Name) This field indicates the chip name. 0000_0000 Reserved 0000_0001 Reserved 0000_0010 Reserved 0000_0011 CORAL others Reserved
Bit 15 to 8
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
185
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BSA (Burst Source Address)
Register HostBaseAddress + 8000 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name SA R/W RW Initial value 0
This register specifies the initial source address for a transfer controlled by the Burst Control Unit. Its interpretation (internal Coral/external PCI) will depend on the transfer mode specified in the BSR register.
BDA (Burst Destination Address)
This register specifies the initial destination address for a transfer controlled by the Burst Control Unit. Its interpretation (internal Coral/external PCI) will depend on the transfer mode specified in the BSR register.
Register HostBaseAddress + 8004 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name DA R/W RW Initial value 0
BCR (Burst Control Register)
RW STRT RW NDA RW NSA R0
Register HostBaseAddress + 8008 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name *1 BSIZE TSIZE R/W
RW 0 RW 0
*1 - Reserved This register specifies the length and address manipulation performed for a transfer. It can also be used to start a transfer.
TSIZE This field specifies the overall transfer length as a number of dwords. A transfer will be split up into a number of bursts whose length is specified by the BSIZE field. Bit 27 to 24 BSIZE (Burst Size) This field specifies the length of a BCU controlled burst as a number of dwords. One or more bursts will make up an overall transfer. Note that if TSIZE is not an exact multiple of BSIZE the final burst of a transfer will be less than BSIZE. Bit 29 NSA (New Source Address) If this bit is set to "1b" then after each burst the source address is incremented by the burst size. This means that a large continuous section of memory can be transferred. If this bit is "0b" then successive bursts will always be from the initial specified start address. This mode could be used if transferring data from a FIFO like interface. Bit 30 NDA (New Destination Address) If this bit is set to "1b" then after each burst the destination address is incremented by the burst size. This means that data can be transferred into a large continuous section of memory. If this bit is "0b" then successive bursts will always be to the initial specified destination address. This mode should be used when transferring data to the FIFO. Bit 23 to 0
Initial value 0 0 0 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
186
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 31 STRT (STaRT transfer) When set to "1b" a transfer is started. Otherwise the transfer will wait until triggered wither through the Burst Enable Register (BER) or via the external burst enable signal.
BSR (Burst Setup Register)
Reserved
XCOR IMODE TCM BCM EXTEN RW RW RW RW RW 00000
Register HostBaseAddress + 800C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
MODE RW 0
R/W Initial value
R0 0
This register specifies the type of a transfer (interpretation of the addresses) and specifies the setup of control signals/status bits.
Bit 2 to 0 MODE (transfer MODE) This field specifies the mode of the transfer and thus the interpretation of the source/destination addresses. 000b: Slave Mode PCI to Coral 001b: Slave Mode Coral to PCI 010b: Coral to Coral (internal transfer) 011b: Reserved 100b: PCI to Coral (PCI Master read) 101b: Coral to PCI (PCI Master write) 110b: PCI to PCI (PCI Master read/write external DMA transfer) 111b: Reserved Refer to Chapter 3 for a detailed explanation of these modes. EXTEN (EXTernal ENable) If set to "1b" then the external BEN (Burst Enable) signal may be used to initiate and pause a transfer. Otherwise if set to "0b" the external BEN signal is ignored. BCM (Burst Complete Mask) If set to "1b" then the external BC signal will be active. Otherwise if set to "0b" it will remain inactive low. Note that this bit does not affect the Burst Complete indication in the main interrupt status register (IST) or the triggering of the main external interrupt. TCM (Transfer Complete Mask) If set to "1b" then the external TC signal will be active. Otherwise if set to "0b" it will remain inactive low. Note that this bit does not affect the Transfer Complete indication in the main interrupt status register (IST) or the triggering of the main external interrupt. IMODE (Interrupt Mode) This bit controls how the external BC/TC signals operate. If set to "0b" they are active high. Otherwise if set to "1b" they toggle at each change of state removing the need for the host to read/write the status register to clear them down. Note that when using the Burst Complete/Transfer Complete indications via the main interrupt status register this field should always be "0b". XCOR (not Clear On Read) If set to "0b" then the Burst Complete/Transfer Complete fields in the Burst Status register are clear on read. Otherwise if set to "1b" they must be manually written.
Bit 3 Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 6
Bit 7
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
187
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BER (Burst Enable Register)
Register HostBaseAddress + 8010 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
ABORT Reserved R0 0 *1 Reserved RX Don't Care Reserved R0 0 R0
Initial value
00
00
*1 - Reserved This register can be used to enable/pause/abort a transfer. It can also be used to monitor the state of the external Burst Enable signal.
Bit 0 BEN (Burst ENable) When set to "1b" a transfer is enabled. This bit will also become set if the STRT bit in the BCR register is set. During a transfer this may be cleared to "0b" to pause/halt a transfer at the next boundary between bursts. Setting it back to "1b" will re-enable the transfer from the position it had reached. EXTST (External Status) Provided the state of the external Burst Enable signal. ABORT Under some circumstances clearing the BEN field may not halt a transfer. This will happen if the Burst Controller is waiting for an external PCI Master to take some action. In this case writing "1b" to the ABORT field will cancel the transfer. The transfer will not be able to be re-started.
Bit 1 Bit 16
BST (Burst STatus)
Register HostBaseAddress + 8014 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved TCNT R/W RR Initial value 0 0
TC BC R0 0 R 0
This register is used to monitor the state of the current transfer.
Bit 23 to 0 Bit 30 Bit 31 TCNT (Transfer CouNT) Gives the current transfer count as a number of dwords remaining to be transferred. BC (Burst Complete) Indicates the state of a burst. Note that when in active high mode this field will remain high following a burst unless it is cleared either by a clear on read or by writing 0 to it. TC (Transfer Complete) Indicates the state of the current transfer. When set to "1b" the transfer is complete.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
188
RW
R/W
W
EXTST BEN R
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BCB (Burst Controller Buffer)
Register HostBaseAddress + 8040 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name RWDATA * 8 R/W RW Initial value 0
This buffer is used by the Burst Controller as a temporary store while executing transfers. The user should only need to access it when using modes "000b" and "001b" - the PCI slave modes. These can be used to transfer large quantities of data to/from the Coral PA in PCI Slave mode with automatic pre-fetch/write of data with address incrementing.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
189
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.2 I2C Interface Registers
BSR (Bus Status Register)
Register address Bit No Bit field name R/W Default I2C Base Address + 000h
7 BB R 0 6 RSC R 0 5 AL R 0 4 LRB R 0 3 TRX R 0 2 AAS R 0 1 GCA R 0 0 FBT R 0
All bits on this register are cleared while bit EN on CCR register is "0".
Bit7 BB (Bus Busy) Indicate state of I2C-bus 0: STOP condition was detected. 1: START condition (The bus is in use.) was detected. RSC (Repeated START Condition) Indicate repeated START condition This bit is cleared by writing "0" to INT bit, the case of not addressed in a slave mode, the detection of START condition under bus stop, and the detection of STOP condition. 0: Repeated START condition was not detected. 1: START condition was detected again while the bus was in use. AL(Arbitration Lost) Detect Arbitration lost This bit is cleared by writing "0" to INT bit. 0: Arbitration lost was not detected. 1: Arbitration occurred during master transmission, or "1" writing was performed to MSS bit while other systems were using the bus. LRB (Last Received Bit) Store Acknowledge This bit is cleared by detection of START condition or STOP condition. TRX (Transmit / Receive) Indicate data receipt and data transmission. 0: receipt 1: transmission AAS (Address As Slave) Detect addressing This bit is cleared by detection of START condition or STOP condition. 0: Addressing was not performed in a slave mode. 1: Addressing was performed in a slave mode. GCA (General Call Address) Detect general call address (00h) This bit is cleared by detection of START condition or STOP condition. 0: General call address was not received in a slave mode. 1: General call address wad received in a slave mode. FBT (First Byte Transfer) Detect the 1st byte Even if this bit is set to "1" by detection of START condition, it is cleared by writing "0" on INT bit or by not being addressed in a slave mode.
Bit6
Bit5
Bit4 Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
Bit0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
190
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
0: Received data is not the 1st byte. 1: Received data is the 1st byte (address data).
BCR (Bus Control Register)
Register address Bit No Bit field name R/W Default Bit7 I2C Base Address + 0004h
7 BER R/W0 0 6 BEIE R/W 0 5 SCC R0/W1 0 4 MSS R/W 0 3 ACK R/W 0 2 GCAA R/W 0 1 INTE R/W 0 0 INT R/W 0
Bit6
Bit5
Bit4
Bit3
Bit2
Bit1
BER (Bus Error) Flag bit for request of bus error interruption When this bit is set, EN bit on CCR register will be cleared, this module will be in a stop state and data transfer will be discontinued. write case 0: A request of buss error interruption is cleared. 1: Don't care. read case 0: A bus error was not detected. 1: Undefined START condition or STOP condition was detected while data transfer. BEIE (Bus Error Interruption Enable) Permit bus error interruption When both this bit and BER bit are "1", the interruption is generated. 0: Prohibition of bus error interruption 1: Permission of bus error interruption SCC (Start Condition Continue) Generate START condition write case 0: Don't care. 1: START condition is generated again at the time of master transmission. MSS (Master Slave Select) Select master / slave mode When arbitration lost is generated in master transmission, this bit is cleared and this module becomes a slave mode. 0: This module becomes a slave mode after generating STOP condition and completing transfer. 1: This module becomes a master mode, generates START condition and starts transfer. ACK (ACKnowledge) Permit generation of acknowledge at the time of data reception This bit becomes invalid at the time of address data reception in a slave mode. 0: Acknowledge is not generated. 1: Acknowledge is generated. GCAA(General Call Address Acknowledge) Permit generation of acknowledge at the time of general call address reception 0: Acknowledge is not generated. 1: Acknowledge is generated. INTE (INTerrupt Enable) Permit interruption When this bit is "1" interruption is generated if INT bit is "1". 0: Prohibition of interrupt
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
191
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1: Permission of interrupt Bit0 INT (INTrrupt) Flag bit for request of interruption for transfer end When this bit is "1" SCL line is maintained at "L" level. If this bit is cleared by being written "0", SCL line is released and the following byte transfer is started. Moreover, it is reset to "0" by generating of START condition or STOP condition at the time of a master. write case 0: The flag is cleared. 1: Don't care. read case 0: The transfer is not ended. 1: It is set when 1 byte transfer including the acknowledge bit is completed and it corresponds to the following conditions. - It is a bus master. - It is an addressed slave. - It was going to generate START condition while other systems by which arbitration lost happened used the bus.
Competition of SCC, MSS and INT bit
Competition of the following byte transfer, generation of START condition and generation of STOP condition happens by the simultaneous writing of SCC, MSS and INT bit. The priority at this case is as follows. 1) The following byte transfer and generation of STOP condition If "0" is written to INT bit and "0" is written to MSS bit, priority will be given to "0" writing to MSS bit and STOP condition will be generated. 2) The following byte transfer and generation of START condition If "0" is written to INT bit and "1" is written to SCC bit, priority will be given to "1" writing to SCC bit and START condition will be generated. 3) Generation of START condition and STOP condition The simultaneous writing of "1" to SCC bit and "0" to MSS bit is prohibition.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
192
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CCR (Clock Control Register)
Register address Bit No Bit field name R/W Default Bit7 Bit6 I2C Base Address + 0008h
7 R1 1 6 HSM R/W 0 5 EN R/W 0 4 CS4 R/W 3 CS3 R/W 2 CS2 R/W 1 CS1 R/W 0 CS0 R/W -
Bit5
Bit4
Nonuse "1" is always read at read. HSM (High Speed Mode) Select standard-mode / high-speed-mode 0: Standard-mode 1: High-speed-mode EN (Enable) Permission of operation When this bit is "0", each bit of BSR and BCR register (except BER and BEIE bit) is cleared. This bit is cleared when BER bit is set. 0: Prohibition of operation 1: Permission of operation CS4 - 0 (Clock Period Select4 - 0) Set up the frequency of a serial transfer clock Frequency fscl of a serial transfer clock is shown as the following formula. Please set up fscl not to exceed the value shown below at the time of master operation. standard-mode: 100KHz high-speed-mode: 400KHz
standard-mode
fscl = A (2 x m)+2 A int(1.5 x m)+2
high-speed-mode
fscl =
A: I2C system clock = 16.6MHz +2 cycles are minimum overhead to confirm that the output level of SCL terminal changed. When the delay of the positive edge of SCL terminal is large or when the clock is extended by the slave device, it becomes larger than this value. The value of m becomes like the following page to the value of CS 4-0.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
193
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
CS4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CS3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CS2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 CS1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 CS0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 standard 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 m high-speed inhibited inhibited inhibited inhibited inhibited inhibited inhibited inhibited 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
194
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Address Register(ADR)
Register address Bit No Bit field name R/W Default Bit7 Bit6 - 0 I2C Base Address + 000Ch
7 R1 1 6 A6 R/W 5 A5 R/W 4 A4 R/W 3 A3 R/W 2 A2 R/W 1 A1 R/W 0 A0 R/W -
Nonuse "1" is always read at read. A6 - 0 (Address6 - 0) Store slave address In a slave mode it is compared with DAR register after address data reception, and when in agreement, acknowledge is transmitted to a master. I2C Base Address + 0010h
7 D7 R/W 6 D6 R/W 5 D5 R/W 4 D4 R/W 3 D3 R/W 2 D2 R/W 1 D1 R/W 0 D0 R/W -
Data Register(DAR)
Register address Bit No Bit field name R/W Default Bit7 - 0
D7 - 0 (Data7 - 0) Store serial data This is a data register for serial data transfer. The data is transferred from MSB. At the time of data reception (TRX=0) the data output is set to "1". The writing side of this register is a double buffer. When the bus is in use (BB=1), the write data is loaded to the register for serial transfer for every transfer. At the time of read-out, the receiving data is effective only when INT bit is set because the register for serial transfer is read directly at this time.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
195
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.3 Graphics memory interface registers
MMR (Memory I/F Mode Register)
Register HostBaseAddress + FFFC H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
LOWD TRRD TRCD *1
Reserved *1 *1
TRC RW
TRP TRAS RW 00 RW 000
RTS RW 000
RAW RW 000
ASW RW 0
TWR
CL
R/W Initial value
R
R1W0
R RW
RW RW 00 00
RW 000
RW RW
0 0 Don't care 1 0 00
0000
*1: Reserved This register sets the mode of the graphics memory interface. A value must be written to this register after a reset. (When default setting is performed, a value must also be written to this register.) Only write once to this register; do not change the written value during operation. This register is not initialized at a software reset.
Bit 2 to 0 CL (CAS Latency) Sets the CAS latency. Write the same value as this field, to the mode register for SDRAM 011 CL3 010 CL2 Other than Setting disabled the above ASW (Attached SDRAM bit Width) Sets the bit width of the data bus (memory bus width mode) 1 64 bit 0 32 bit SAW (SDRAM Address Width) Sets the bit width of the SDRAM address 001 15 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 13 bit COL 9 bit SDRAM 111 14 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 12 bit COL 9 bit SDRAM 110 14 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 12 bit COL 8 bit SDRAM 101 13 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 11 bit COL 8 bit SDRAM 100 12 bit BANK 1 bit ROW 11 bit COL 8 bit FCRAM Other than Setting disabled the above RTS (Refresh Timing Setting) Sets the refresh interval 000 Refresh is performed every 384 internal clocks. 111 Refresh is performed every 1552 internal clocks. 001 to 110 Refresh is performed every `64 x n' internal clocks in the 64 to 384 range.
Bit 3
Bit 6 to 4
Bit 9 to 7
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
196
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 11 and 10 LOWD Sets the count of clocks secured for the period from the instant the ending data is output to the instant the write command is issued. 10 2 clocks Other than Setting disabled the above TRCD Sets the wait time secured from the bank active to CAS. The clock count is used to express the wait time. 11 3 clocks 10 2 clocks 01 1 clock 00 0 clock TRAS Sets the minimum time for 1 bank active. The clock count is used to express the minimum time. 111 7 clocks 110 6 clocks 101 5 clocks 100 4 clocks 011 3 clocks 010 2 clocks Other than Setting disabled the above TRP Sets the wait time secured from the pre-charge to the bank active. The clock count is used to express the wait time. 11 3 clocks 10 2 clocks 01 1 clock TRC This field sets the wait time secured from the refresh to the bank active. The clock count is used to express the wait time. 1010 10 clocks 1001 9 clocks 1000 8 clocks 0111 7 clocks 0110 6 clocks 0101 5 clocks 0100 4 clocks
Bit 13 and 12
Bit 16 to 14
Bit 18 and 17
Bit 22 to 19
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
197
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
0011 3 clocks Other than Setting disabled the above Bit 24 and 23 TRRD Sets the wait time secured from the bank active to the next bank active. The clock count is used to express the wait time. 11 3 clocks 10 2 clocks Reserved
Bit 26
Always write "0" at write. "1" is always read at read.
Bit 30
TWR Sets the write recovery time (the time from the write command to the read or to the precharge command). 1 2 clocks 0 1 clock
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
198
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.4 Display control register
DCM (Display Control Mode)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + 00H (DisplayBaseAddress + 100H)
15 14 13 CKS Reserved RW RW0 0 0 12 10 9 SC RW 001110(DCM) 111101(DCME) 11 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 EEQ ODE Reserved Reserved SF ESY RW RW RX RX RW RW 0 0 X X 0 1 1 0 SYNC RW 00
This register controls the display count mode. It is not initialized by a software reset. This register is mapped to two addresses. The difference between the two registers is the format of the frequency division rate setting (SC).
Bit 1 to 0 SYNC (Synchronize) Set synchronization mode X0 Non-interlace mode 10 Interlace mode 11 Interlace video mode ESY (External Synchronize) Sets external synchronization mode 0: External synchronization disabled 1: External synchronization enabled SF (Synchronize signal format) Sets format of synchronization (VSYNC, HSYNC) signals 0: Negative logic 1: Positive logic EEQ (Enable Equalizing pulse) Sets CCYNC signal mode 0: Does not insert equalizing pulse into CCYNC signal 1: Inserts equalizing pulse into CCYNC signal SC (Scaling) Divides display reference clock by the preset ratio to generate dot clock Offset = 0 Offset = 100H x00000 Frequency not divided 000000 Frequency not divided x00001 Frequency division rate = 1/4 000001 Frequency division rate = 1/2 x00010 Frequency division rate = 1/6 000010 Frequency division rate = 1/3 X00011 Frequency division rate = 1/8 000011 Frequency division rate= 1/4 : : x11111 Frequency division rate = 1/64 111111 Frequency division rate = 1/64
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 7
Bit 13 to 8
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
199
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
When n is set, with Offset = 0, the frequency division rate is 1/(2n + 2). When m is set, with Offset = 100h, the frequency division rate is 1/(m + 1). Basically, these are setting parameters with the same function (2n + 2 = m + 1). Because of this, m = 2n + 1 is established. When n is set to the SC field with Offset = 0, 2n + 1 is reflected with Offset = 100h. Also, when PLL is selected as the reference clock, frequency division rates 1/1 to 1/5 are non-functional even when set; other frequency division rates are assigned. Bit 15 CKS (Clock Source) Selects reference clock 0: Internal PLL output clock 1: DCLKI input
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
200
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DCE (Display Controller Enable)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + 02H
15 14 DEN RW 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 Reserved R0 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L45E L23E L1E L0E RW RW RW RW 0 0 0 0
This register controls enabling the video signal output and display of each layer. Layer enabling is specified in four-layer units to maintain backward compatibility with previous products.
Bit 0 L0E (L0 layer Enable) Enables display of the L0 layer. The L0 layer corresponds to the C layer for previous products. 0: Does not display L0 layer 1: Displays L0 layer L1E (L1 layer Enable) Enables display of the L1 layer. The L1 layer corresponds to the W layer for previous products. 0: Does not display L1 layer 1: Displays L1 layer L23E (L2 & L3 layer Enable) Enables simultaneous display of the L2 and L3 layers. These layers correspond to the M layer for previous products. 0: Does not display L2 and L3 layer 1: Displays L2 and L3 layer L45E (L4 & L5 layer Enable) Enables simultaneous display of the L4 and L5 layers. These layers correspond to the B layer for previous products. 0: Does not display L4 and L5 layer 1: Displays L4 and L5 layer DEN (Display Enable) Enables display 0: Does not output display signal 1: Outputs display signal
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 15
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
201
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DCEE (Display Controller Extend Enable)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + 102H
15 14 DEN RW 0 13 12 11 10 9 Reserved R0 0 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L5E L4E L3E L2E L1E L0E RW RW RW RW RW RW 0 0 0 0 0 0
This register controls enabling the video signal output and display of each layer. This register has the same function as DCE.
Bit 0 L0E (L0 layer Enable) Enables L0 layer display 0: Does not display L0 layer 1: Displays L0 layer L1E (L1 layer Enable) Enables L1 layer display 0: Does not display L1 layer 1: Displays L1 layer L2E (L2 layer Enable) Enables L2 layer display 0: Does not display L2 layer 1: Displays L2 layer L3E (L3 layer Enable) Enables L3 layer display 0: Does not display L3 layer 1: Displays L3 layer L4E (L4 layer Enable) Enables L4 layer display 0: Does not display L4 layer 1: Displays L4 layer L5E (L5 layer Enable) Enables L5 layer display 0: Does not display L5 layer 1: Displays L5 layer DEN (Display Enable) Enables display 0: Does not output display signal 1: Outputs display signal
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Bit 15
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
202
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL HTP (Horizontal Total Pixels)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 06 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
5 HTP RW Don't care
6
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal total pixel count. Setting value + 1 is the total pixel count.
HDP (Horizontal Display Period)
This register controls the total horizontal display period in unit of pixel clocks. Setting value + 1 is the pixel count for the display period.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 08 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
5 HDP RW Don't care
6
4
3
2
1
0
HDB (Horizontal Display Boundary)
This register controls the display period of the left part of the window in unit of pixel clocks. Setting value + 1 is the pixel count for the display period of the left part of the window. When the window is not divided into right and left before display, set the same value as HDP.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 0A H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
5 HDB RW Don't care
6
4
3
2
1
0
HSP (Horizontal Synchronize pulse Position)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 0C H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9 8 7 5 HSP RW Don't care 6 4 3 2 1 0
This register controls the pulse position of the horizontal synchronization signal in unit of pixel clocks. When the clock count since the start of the display period reaches setting value + 1, the horizontal synchronization signal is asserted.
HSW (Horizontal Synchronize pulse Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 0E H address Bit number 7 6 5 Bit field name R/W Initial value
4 HSW RW Don't care 3 2 1 0
This register controls the pulse width of the horizontal synchronization signal in unit of pixel clocks. Setting value + 1 is the pulse width clock count.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
203
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL VSW (Vertical Synchronize pulse Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 0F H address Bit number 7 6 5 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
4
3
VSW RW Don't care
2
1
0
This register controls the pulse width of vertical synchronization signal in unit of raster. Setting value + 1 is the pulse width raster count.
VTR (Vertical Total Rasters)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 12 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
5 VTR RW Don't care
6
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical total raster count. Setting value + 1 is the total raster count. For the interlace display, Setting value + 1.5 is the total raster count for 1 field; 2 x setting value + 3 is the total raster count for 1 frame (see Section 8.3.2).
VSP (Vertical Synchronize pulse Position)
This register controls the pulse position of vertical synchronization signal in unit of raster. The vertical synchronization pulse is asserted starting at the setting value + 1st raster relative to the display start raster.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 14 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
5 VSP RW Don't care
6
4
3
2
1
0
VDP (Vertical Display Period)
This register controls the vertical display period in unit of raster. Setting value + 1 is the count of raster to be displayed.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 16 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
5 VDP RW Don't care
6
4
3
2
1
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
204
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L0M (L0 layer Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 20 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
Reserved L0C Reserved R0 0 CW RW Don't care Reserved R0 0 CH RW Don't care
Initial value 0 Bit 11 to 0
RW
R/W
R0 0
L0H (L0 layer Height) Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L0 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1 is the height L0W (L0 layer memory Width ) Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L0 layer in 64-byte units L0C (L0 layer Color mode) Sets the color mode for L0 layer 0 Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode 1 Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
Bit 23 to 16
Bit 31
L0EM (L0-layer Extended Mode)
L0EC RW
Reserved R0 0
L0PB RW
Reserved R0 0
R/W Initial value Bit 0
L0 WP (L0 layer Window Position enable) Selects the display position of L0 layer 0 Compatibility mode display (C layer supported) 1 Window display L0PB (L0 layer Palette Base) Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L0 layer. 16 times of setting value is added. L0EC (L0 layer Extended Color mode) Sets extended color mode for L0 layer 00 Mode determined by L0C 01 Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode 1x Reserved
Bit 23 to 20
Bit 31 and 30
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
205
L0WP RW 0
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 110 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ----Bit field name
432 1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
206
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L0OA (L0 layer Origin Address)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 24 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L0OA R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L0 layer. Since lower 4 bits are fixed at "0", address 16-byte-aligned.
L0DA (L0-layer Display Address)
This register sets the display origin address of the L0 layer. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0", and this address is treated as being aligned in 2 bytes.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 28 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L0DA R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
L0DX (L0-layer Display position X)
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L0 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 2C H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L0DX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L0DY (L0-layer Display position Y)
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L0 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 2E H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L0DY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
207
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L0WX (L0 layer Window position X)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 114 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L0WX RW
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L0 layer window.
L0WY (L0 layer Window position Y)
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L0 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 116 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L0WY RW
4
3
2
1
0
L0WW (L0 layer Window Width)
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L0 layer window. Do not specify "0".
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 118 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L0WW RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L0WH (L0 layer Window Height)
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L0 layer window. Setting value + 1 is the height.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 11A H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L0WH RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
208
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1M (L1-layer Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 30 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name
L1C L1YC L1CS L1IM Reserved L1W
---
543210
Reserved R0 0
R/W Initial value Bit 23 to 16
L1W (L1 layer memory Width) Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the W layer in unit of 64 bytes L1IM (L1 layer Interlace Mode) Sets video capture mode when L1CS in capture mode 0: Normal mode 1: For non-interlace display, displays captured video graphics in WEAVE mode For interlace and video display, buffers are managed in frame units (pair of odd field and even field). L1CS ( 1 layer Capture Synchronize) L Sets whether the layer is used as normal display layer or as video capture 0: Normal mode 1: Capture mode L1YC (L1 layer YC mode) Sets color format of L1 layer The YC mode must be set for video capture. 0: RGB mode 1: YC mode L1C ( 1 layer Color mode) L Sets color mode for L1 layer 0: Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode 1: Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
Bit 28
Bit 29
Bit 30
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
209
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1EM (L1 layer Extended Mode)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + 120H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 - - - L1EC Reserved DM L1PB Reserved RW R0 RW R0 0 0 432 1 0
Bit 23 to 20 Bit 25 to 24
Bit 31 to 30
L1PB (L1 layer Palette Base) Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L1 layer. 16 times of setting value is added. L1DM (L1 layer Display Magnify Mode) 00 Normal Mode (no scaling or shrink scaling) 01 Reserved 10 Magnify Scaling 11 Reserved L1EC (L1 layer Extended Color mode) Sets extended color mode for L1 layer 00 Mode determined by L1C 01 Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode 1x Reserved
L1DA (L1 layer Display Address)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 34 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L1DA R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the display origin address of the L1 layer. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0", and this register is treated as being aligned in 2 bytes. Wraparound processing is not performed for the L1 layer, so the frame origin linear address and display position (X coordinates, and Y coordinates) are not specified.
L1WX (L1 layer Window position X)
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L1 layer window. This register is placed in two address spaces. The parenthesized address is the register address to maintain compatibility with previous products. The same applies to L1WY, L1WW, and L1WH.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 124 (DisplayBaseAddress + 18 ) H H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 Bit field name Reserved L1WX R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L1WY (L1 layer Window position Y)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 126 (DisplayBaseAddress + 1A ) H H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 Bit field name Reserved L1WY R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L1 layer window.
210
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1WW (L1 layer Window Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 128 (DisplayBaseAddress + 1C ) H H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 Bit field name Reserved L1WW R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L1 layer window. Do not specify "0".
L1WH (L1 layer Window Height)
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L1 layer window. Setting value + 1 is the height.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 12A ((DisplayBaseAddress + 1E ) H H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 Bit field name Reserved L1WH R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L1CR0 (L1 layer Coefficient for Red 0)
This register defines YCbCr/RGB converstion parameters for red component.
Bit 10 to 0 a11 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement. a12 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1E0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved a12 Reserved a11 R/W R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 000 0000 0000 0 001 0010 1011
Bit 26 to 16
Refer 7.7 for detail.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
211
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1CR1 (L1 layer Coefficient for Red 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1E4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved b1 Reserved a13 R/W R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 1 1111 0000 0 001 1001 1000
This register defines YCbCr/RGB converstion parameters for red component.
Bit 10 to 0 a13 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement. b1 9bit signed integer. two's complement.
Bit 24 to 16
Refer 7.7 for detail.
L1CG0 (L1 layer Coefficient for Green 0)
This register defines YCbCr/RGB converstion parameters for green component.
Bit 10 to 0 a21 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement. a22 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1E8 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved a22 Reserved a21 R/W R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 111 1001 1100 0 001 0010 1011
Bit 26 to 16
Refer 7.7 for detail.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
212
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1CG1 (L1 layer Coefficient for Green 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1EC H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved b2 Reserved a23 R/W R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 1 1111 0000 0 111 0010 1111
This register defines YCbCr/RGB converstion parameters for green component.
Bit 10 to 0 Bit 24 to 16 a23 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement. b2 9bit signed integer. two's complement.
Refer 7.7 for detail.
L1CB0 (L1 layer Coefficient for Blue 0)
This register defines YCbCr/RGB converstion parameters for blue component.
Bit 10 to 0 Bit 26 to 16 a31 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement. a32 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1F0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved a32 Reserved a31 R/W R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 010 0000 0100 0 001 0010 1011
Refer 7.7 for detail.
L1CB1 (L1 layer Coefficient for Blue 1)
This register defines YCbCr/RGB converstion parameters for blue component.
Bit 10 to 0 a33 11bit signed real. lower8bit is fraction. two's complement. b3 9bit signed integer. two's complement.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1F4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved b3 Reserved a33 R/W R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 1 1111 0000 0 000 0000 0000
Bit 24 to 16
Refer 7.7 for detail.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
213
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L2M (L2 layer Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 40 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 - - 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name
L2FLP L2C Reserved R0 0 L2W RW Don't care Reserved R0 0 L2H RW Don't care
Initial value Bit 11 to 0
Bit 23 to 16
Bit 30 and 29 L2FLP (L2 layer Flip mode) Sets flipping mode for L2 layer 00 Displays frame 0 01 Displays frame 1 10 Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display 11 Reserved Bit 31 L2C (L2 layer Color mode) Sets the color mode for L2 layer 0 Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode 1 Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
RW
R/W
RW
L2H (L2 layer Height) Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L2 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1 is the height L2W (L2 layer memory Width) Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L2 layer in 64-byte units
214
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L2EM (L2 layer Extended Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 130 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ----Reserved R0 0 L2PB RW 0 Reserved R0 0
432 1 L2OM
0 L0WP
Bit field name L2EC R/W Initial value Bit 0
RW 00
RW RW 00
L2 WP (L2 layer Window Position enable) Selects the display position of L2 layer 0 Compatibility mode display (ML layer supported) 1 Window display L2OM (L2 layer Overlay Mode) Selects the overlay mode for L2 layer 0 Compatibility mode 1 Extended mode L2PB (L2 layer Palette Base) Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L2 layer. 16 times of setting value is added. L2EC (L2 layer Extended Color mode) Sets extended color mode for L2 layer 00 Mode determined by L2C 01 Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode 1x Reserved
Bit 1
Bit 23 to 20
Bit 31 and 30
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
215
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L2OA0 (L2 layer Origin Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 44 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L2OA0 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L2 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L2DA0 (L2 layer Display Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 48 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L2DA0 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L2 layer in frame 0. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L2OA1 (L2 layer Origin Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 4C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L2OA1 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L2 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L2DA1 (L2 layer Display Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 50 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L2DA1 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L2 layer in frame 1. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L2DX (L2 layer Display position X)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 54 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L2DX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L2 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
216
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L2DY (L2 layer Display position Y)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 56 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L2DY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L2 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
L2WX (L2 layer Window position X)
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L2 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 134 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L2WX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L2WY (L2 layer Window position Y)
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L2 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 138 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L2WY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L2WW (L2 layer Window Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 13A H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L2WW RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L2 layer window. Do not specify "0".
L2WH (L2 layer Window Height)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 13C H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L2WH RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L2 layer window. Setting value + 1 is the height.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
217
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3M (L3 layer Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 58 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L3C L3FLP Reserved L3W Reserved L3H R/W RW R0 R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 0 0 Don't care 0 Don't care Bit 11 to 0 L3H ( 3 layer Height) L Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L3 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1 is the height L3W (L3 layer memory Width) Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L3 layer in 64-byte units L3FLP (L3 layer Flip mode) Sets flipping mode for L3 layer 00 Displays frame 0 01 Displays frame 1 10 Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display 11 Reserved L3C ( 3 layer Color mode) L Sets the color mode for L3 layer 0 Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode 1 Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
Bit 23 to 16
Bit 30 and 29
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
218
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3EM (L3 layer Extended Mode)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value Bit 0 DisplayBaseAddress + 140H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 L3EC Reserved L3PB Reserved RW R0 RW R0 00 0 0 0
---
432 1
L3OM L3WP
0
RW RW 0
L3 WP (L3 layer Window Position enable) Selects the display position of L3 layer 0 Compatibility mode display (MR layer supported) 1 Window display L3OM (L3 layer Overlay Mode) Selects the overlay mode for L3 layer 0 Compatibility mode 1 Extended mode L3PB (L3 layer Palette Base) Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L3 layer. 16 times of setting value is added. L3EC (L3 layer Extended Color mode) Sets extended color mode for L3 layer 00 Mode determined by L3C 01 Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode 1x Reserved
Bit 1
Bit 23 to 20
Bit 31 and 30
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
219
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3OA0 (L3 layer Origin Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 5C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L3OA0 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L3 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L3DA0 (L3 layer Display Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 60 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L3DA0 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L3 layer in frame 0. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L3OA1 (L3 layer Origin Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 64 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L3OA1 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L3 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L3OA1 (L3 layer Display Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 68 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L3DA1 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L3 layer in frame 1. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L3DX (L3 layer Display position X)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 6C H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L3DX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L3 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
220
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3DY (L3 layer Display position Y)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 6E H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L3DY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L3 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
L3WX (L3 layer Window position X)
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L3 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 140 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L3WX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L3WY (L3 layer Window position Y)
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L3 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 142 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L3WY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L3WW (L3 layer Window Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 144 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L3WW RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L3 layer window. Do not specify "0".
L3WH (L3-layer Window Height)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 146 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L3WH RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L3 layer window. Setting value + 1 is the height.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
221
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L4M (L4 layer Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 70 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L4C L4FLP Reserved L4W Reserved L4H R/W RW RW R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care 0 Don't care Bit 11 to 0 L4H (L4 layer Height) Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L4 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1 is the height L4W (L4 layer memory Width ) Sets the memory width (stride) logic frame of the L4 layer in 64-byte units L4FLP (L4 layer Flip mode) Sets flipping mode for L4 layer 00 Displays frame 0 01 Displays frame 1 10 Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display 11 Reserved L4C (L4 layer Color mode) Sets the color mode for L4 layer 0 Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode 1 Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
Bit 23 to 16
Bit 30 and 29
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
222
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L4EM (L4 layer Extended Mode)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value Bit 0 DisplayBaseAddress + 150H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 L4EC Reserved L4PB Reserved RW R0 RW R0 00 0 0 0
---
432 1
L4OM L4WP
0
RW RW 0
L4 WP (L4 layer Window Position enable) Selects the display position of L4 layer 0 Compatibility mode display (BL layer supported) 1 Window display L4OM (L4 layer Overlay Mode) Selects the overlay mode for L4 layer 0 Compatibility mode 1 Extended mode L4PB (L4 layer Palette Base) Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L4 layer. 16 times of setting value is added. L4EC (L4 layer Extended Color mode) Sets extended color mode for L4 layer 00 Mode determined by L4C 01 Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode 1x Reserved
Bit 1
Bit 23 to 20
Bit 31 and 30
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
223
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L4OA0 (L4 layer Origin Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 74 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L4OA0 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L4 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L4DA0 (L4 layer Display Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 78 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L4DA0 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L4 layer in frame 0. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L4OA1 (L4 layer Origin Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 7C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L4OA1 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L4 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L4OA1 (L4 layer Display Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 80 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L4DA1 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L4 layer in frame 1. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L4DX (L4 layer Display position X)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 84 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L4DX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L4 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
224
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L4DY (L4 layer Display position Y)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 86 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L4DY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L4 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
L4WX (L4 layer Window position X)
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L4 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 154 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L4WX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L4WY (L4 layer Window position Y)
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L4 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 156 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L4WY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L4WW (L4 layer Window Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 158 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L4WW RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L4 layer window. Do not specify "0".
L4WH (L4 layer Window Height)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 15A H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L4WH RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L4 layer window. Setting value + 1 is the height.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
225
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L5M (L5 layer Mode)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 88 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L5C L5FLP Reserved L5W Reserved L5H R/W RW RW R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care 0 Don't care Bit 11 to 0 L5H (L5 layer Height) Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L5 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1 is the height L5W (L5 layer memory Width) Sets the memory width (stride) logic frame of the L5 layer in 64-byte units L5FLP (L5 layer Flip mode) Sets flipping mode for L5 layer 00 Displays frame 0 01 Displays frame 1 10 Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display 11 Reserved L5C (L5 layer Color mode) Sets the color mode for L5 layer 0 Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode 1 Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
Bit 23 to 16
Bit 30 and 29
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
226
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L5EM (L5 layer Extended Mode)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value Bit 0 DisplayBaseAddress + 110H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 L5EC Reserved L5PB Reserved RW R0 RW R0 00 0 0 0
---
432 1
L5OM L5WP
0
RW RW 0
L5 WP (L5 layer Window Position enable) Selects the display position of L5 layer 0 Compatibility mode display (BR layer supported) 1 Window display L5OM (L5 layer Overlay Mode) Selects the overlay mode for L5 layer 0 Compatibility mode 1 Extended mode L5PB (L5 layer Palette Base) Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L5 layer. 16 times of setting value is added. L5EC (L5 layer Extended Color mode) Sets extended color mode for L5 layer 00 Mode determined by L5C 01 Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode 1x Reserved
Bit 1
Bit 23 to 20
Bit 31 to 30
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
227
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L5OA0 (L5 layer Origin Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 8C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved BROA0 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L5 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L5DA0 (L5 layer Display Address 0)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 90 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L5DA0 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L5 layer in frame 0. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L5OA1 (L5 layer Origin Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 94 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L5OA1 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L5 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
L5OA1 (L5 layer Display Address 1)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 98 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L5DA1 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 Don't care
This register sets the origin address of the L5 layer in frame 1. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is "0" and this address is 2-byte aligned.
L5DX (L5 layer Display position X)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 9C H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L5DX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L5 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
228
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L5DY (L5 layer Display position Y)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 9E H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L5DY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L5 layer on the basis of the origin of the logic frame in pixels.
L5WX (L5 layer Window position X)
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L5 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 164 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L5WX RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L5WY (L5 layer Window position Y)
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L5 layer window.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 166 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L5WY RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
L5WW (L5 layer Window Width)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 168 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L5WW RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L5 layer window. Do not specify "0".
L5WH (L5 layer Window Height)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 16A H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 L5WH RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L5 layer window. Setting value + 1 is the height.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
229
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CUTC (Cursor Transparent Control)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + A0 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0 Bit 7 to 0
9
8 7 CUZT RW
Don't care
6
5
4 3 CUTC RW Don't care
2
1
0
CUTC (Cursor Transparent Code) Sets color code handled as transparent code CUZT (Cursor Zero Transparency) Defines handling of color code 0 0 Code 0 as non-transparency color 1 Code 0 as transparency color
Bit 8
CPM (Cursor Priority Mode)
This register controls the display priority of cursors. Cursor 0 is always preferred to cursor 1.
Bit 0 CUO0 (Cursor Overlap 0) Sets display priority between cursor 0 and pixels of Console layer 0 Puts cursor 0 atlower than L0 layer. 1 Puts cursor 0 athigher than L0 layer. CUO1 (Cursor Overlap 1) Sets display priority between cursor 1 and C layer 0 Puts cursor 1 atlo wer than L0 layer. 1 Puts cursor 1 atlower than L0 layer. CEN0 (Cursor Enable 0) Sets enabling display of cursor 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled CEN1 (Cursor Enable 1) Sets enabling display of cursor 1 0 Disabled 1 Enabled
Register DisplayBaseAddress + A2 H address Bit number 7 6 5 Bit field name Reserved CEN1 R/W R0 RW Initial value 0 0
4 CEN0 RW 0
3
Reserved R0 0
2
1 CUO1 RW 0
0 CUO0 RW 0
Bit 1
Bit 4
Bit 5
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
230
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CUOA0 (Cursor-0 Origin Address)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + A4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CUOA0 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the start address of the cursor 0 pattern. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + A8 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
CUX0 (Cursor-0 X position)
9
8
7
6 5 CUX0 RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (X coordinates) of the cursor 0 in pixels. The reference position of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
CUY0 (Cursor-0 Y position)
This register sets the display position (Y coordinates) of the cursor 0 in pixels. The reference position of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
Register DisplayBaseAddress + Aa H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 CUY0 RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
231
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CUOA1 (Cursor-1 Origin Address)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + AC H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CUOA1 R/W R0 RW R0 Initial value 0 Don't care 0000
This register sets the start address of the cursor 1 pattern. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to "0", this address is 16-byte aligned.
CUX1 (Cursor-1 X position)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + B0 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 CUX1 RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (X coordinates) of the cursor 1 in pixels. The reference position of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
CUY1 (Cursor-1 Y position)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + B2 H address Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved R/W R0 Initial value 0
9
8
7
6 5 CUY1 RW Don't care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (Y coordinates) of the cursor 1 in pixels. The reference position of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
232
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DLS (Display Layer Select)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 180 H address Bit number 31 30 29 ----- 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved DLS5 DLS4 DLS3 DLS2 DLS1 DSL0 R/W R0 R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW Initial value 101 100 011 010 001 000
This register defines the blending sequence.
Bit 3 to 0
DSL0 (Display Layer Select 0) Selects the top layer subjected to blending. 0000 L0 layer 0001 L1 layer : : 0101 L5 layer 0110 Reserved : : 0110 Reserved 0111 Not selected DSL1 (Display Layer Select 1) Selects the second layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0. DSL2 (Display Layer Select 2) Selects the third layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0. DSL3 (Display Layer Select 3) Selects the fourth layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0. DSL4 (Display Layer Select 4) Selects the fifth layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0. DSL5 (Display Layer Select 5) Selects the bottom layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0.
Bit 7 to 4
Bit 11 to 8
Bit 15 to 12
Bit 19 to 16
Bit 23 to 20
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
233
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL DBGC (Display Background Color)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 184 H address Bit number 31 30 29 ----- 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved DBGR DBGG DBGB R/W R0 Initial value
This register specifies the color to be displayed in areas outside the display area of each layer on the window.
Bit 7 to 0 DBGB (Display Background Blue) Specifies the blue level of the background color. DBGG (Display Background Green) Specifies the green level of the background color. DBGR (Display Background Red) Specifies the red level of the background color.
Bit 15 to 8
Bit 23 to 16
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
234
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L0BLD (L0 Blend)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + B4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L0BE L0BS L0BI L0BP Reserved L0BR R/W Initial value
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L0 layer. This register corresponds to BRATIO or BMODE for previous products.
Bit 7 to 0 L0BR (L0 layer Blend Ratio) Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256. L0BP (L0 layer Blend Plane) Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane. 0 Value of L0BR used as blend ratio 1 Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio L0BI (L0 layer Blend Increment) Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not "0". 0 Blend ratio calculated as is 1 1/256 added when blend ratio 0 L0BS (L0 layer Blend Select) Selects the blend calculation expression. 0 Upper image x Blend ratio + Lower image x (1 - Blend ratio) 1 Upper image x (1 - Blend ratio) + Lower image x Blend ratio L0BE (L0 layer Blend Enable) This bit enables blending. 0 Overlay via transparent color 1 Overlay via blending
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 16
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L0BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L0 layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
235
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1BLD (L1 Blend)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 188 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L1BE L1BS L1BI L1BP Reserved L1BR R/W Initial value
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L1 layer.
Bit 7 to 0 L1BR (L1 layer Blend Ratio) Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256. L1BP (L1 layer Blend Plane) Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane. 0 Value of L1BR used as blend ratio 1 Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio L1BI (L1 layer Blend Increment) Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not "0". 0 Blend ratio calculated as is 1 1/256 added when blend ratio 0 L1BS (L1 layer Blend Select) Selects the blend calculation expression. 0 Upper image x Blend ratio + Lower image x (1 - Blend ratio) 1 Upper image x (1 - Blend ratio) + Lower image x Blend ratio L1BE (L1 layer Blend Enable) This bit enables blending. 0 Overlay via transparent color 1 Overlay via blending
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 16
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L1BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L1 layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
236
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L2BLD (L2 Blend)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 18C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L2BE L2BS L2BI L2BP Reserved L2BR R/W Initial value
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L2 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L2BR (L2 layer Blend Ratio) Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256. L2BP (L2 layer Blend Plane) Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane. 0 Value of L2BR used as blend ratio 1 Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio L2BI (L2 layer Blend Increment) Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not "0". 0 Blend ratio calculated as is 1 1/256 added when blend ratio 0 L2BS (L2 layer Blend Select) Selects the blend calculation expression. 0 Upper image x Blend ratio + Lower image x (1 - Blend ratio) 1 Upper image x (1 - Blend ratio) + Lower image x Blend ratio L2BE (L2 layer Blend Enable) This bit enables blending. 0 Overlay via transparent color 1 Overlay via blending
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 16
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L2BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L2 layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
237
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3BLD (L3 Blend)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 190 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L3BE L3BS L3BI L3BP Reserved L3BR R/W Initial value
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L3 layer.
Bit 7 to 0 L3BR (L3 layer Blend Ratio) Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256. L3BP (L3 layer Blend Plane) Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane. 0 Value of L3BR used as blend ratio 1 Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio L3BI (L3 layer Blend Increment) Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not "0". 0 Blend ratio calculated as is 1 1/256 added when blend ratio 0 L3BS (L3 layer Blend Select) Selects the blend calculation expression. 0 Upper image x Blend ratio + Lower image x (1 - Blend ratio) 1 Upper image x (1 - Blend ratio) + Lower image x Blend ratio L3BE (L3 layer Blend Enable) This bit enables blending. 0 Overlay via transparent color 1 Overlay via blending
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 16
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L3BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L3 layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
238
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L4BLD (L4 Blend)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 194 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved L4BE L4BS L4BI L4BP Reserved L4BR R/W Initial value
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L4 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L4BR (L4 layer Blend Ratio) Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256. L4BP (L4 layer Blend Plane) Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane. 0 Value of L4BR used as blend ratio 1 Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio L4BI (L4 layer Blend Increment) Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not "0". 0 Blend ratio calculated as is 1 1/256 added when blend ratio 0 L4BS (L4 layer Blend Select) Selects the blend calculation expression. 0 Upper image x Blend ratio + Lower image x (1 - Blend ratio) 1 Upper image x (1 - Blend ratio) + Lower image x Blend ratio L4BE (L4 layer Blend Enable) This bit enables blending. 0 Overlay via transparent color 1 Overlay via blending
Bit 13
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 16
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L4BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L4 layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
239
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L5BLD (L5 Blend)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 198h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 Bit field name Reserved L5BE L5BS R/W R0 RW RW Initial value 0 0
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L5BI Reserved L5BR RW R0 RW 0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L5 layer.
Bit 7 to 0 L5BR (L5 layer Blend Ratio) Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256. L5BI (L5 layer Blend Increment) Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not "0". 0 Blend ratio calculated as is 1 1/256 added when blend ratio 0 L5BS (L5 layer Blend Select) Selects the blend calculation expression. 0 Upper image x Blend ratio + Lower image x (1 - Blend ratio) 1 Upper image x (1 - Blend ratio) + Lower image x Blend ratio L5BE (L5 layer Blend Enable) This bit enables blending. 0 Overlay via transparent color 1 Overlay via blending
Bit 14
Bit 15
Bit 16
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L5BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L5 layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
240
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L0TC (L0 layer Transparency Control)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + BCH
15 14 L0ZT RW 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 L0TC RW Don't care 5 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the transparent color for the L0 layer. Color set by this register is transparent in blend mode. When L0TC = 0 and L0ZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent). This register corresponds to the CTC register for previous products.
Bit 14 to 0 L0TC (L0 layer Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L0 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L0ZT (L0 layer Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L0 layer 0: Code 0 as transparency color 1: Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 15
L2TC (L2 layer Transparency Control)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + C2H
15 14 L2ZT RW 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 L2TC RW Don't care 5 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the transparent color for the L2 layer. When L2TC = 0 and L2ZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent). This register corresponds to the MLTC register for previous products.
Bit 14 to 0 L2TC (L2 layer Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L2 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L2ZT (L2 layer Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L2 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 15
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
241
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3TC (L3 layer Transparency Control)
Register address Bit number Bit field name R/W Initial value DisplayBaseAddress + C0H
15 14 L3ZT RW 0 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 L3TC RW Don't care 5 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the transparent color for the L3 layer. When L3TC = 0 and L3ZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent). This register corresponds to the MLTC register for previous products.
Bit 14 to 0 L3TC (L3 layer Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L3 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L3ZT (L3 layer Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L3 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 15
L0ETC (L0 layer Extend Transparency Control)
This register sets the transparent color for the L0 layer. The 24 bits/pixel transparent color is set using this register. The lower 15 bits of this register are physically the same as L0TC. Also, L0ETZ is physically the same as L0TZ. When L0ETC = 0 and L0EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0 L0ETC (L0 layer Extend Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L0 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L0EZT (L0 layer Extend Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L0 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1A0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L0ETZ Reserved L0TEC R/W RW R0 RW Initial value 0 0
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
242
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1ETC (L1 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1A4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L1ETZ Reserved L1TEC R/W RW R0 RW Initial value
This register sets the transparent color for the L1 layer. When L1ETC = 0 and L1EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent). For YCbCr display, transparent color checking is not performed; processing is always performed assuming that transparent color is not used.
Bit 23 to 0 L1ETC (L1 layer Extend Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L1 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L1EZT (L1 layer Extend Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L1 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 31
L2ETC (L2 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1A8 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L2ETZ Reserved L2TEC R/W RW R0 RW Initial value
This register sets the transparent color for the L2 layer. The 24 bits/pixel transparent color is set using this register. The lower 15 bits of this register are physically the same as L2TC. Also, L2ETZ is physically the same as L2TZ. When L2ETC = 0 and L2EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0 L2ETC (L2 layer Extend Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L2 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L2EZT (L2 layer Extend Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L2 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
243
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3ETC (L3 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1AC H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L3ETZ Reserved L3TEC R/W RW R0 RW Initial value 0 0
This register sets the transparent color for the L3 layer. The 24 bits/pixel transparent color is set using this register. The lower 15 bits of this register are physically the same as L3TC. Also, L3ETZ is physically the same as L3TZ. When L3ETC = 0 and L3EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0 L3ETC (L3 layer Extend Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L3 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L3EZT (L3 layer Extend Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L3 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 31
L4ETC (L4 layer Extend Transparency Control)
This register sets the transparent color for the L4 layer. This register sets the transparent color for the L4 layer. When L4ETC = 0 and L4EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0 L4ETC (L4 layer Extend Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L4 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L4EZT (L4 layer Extend Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L4 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1B0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L4ETZ Reserved L4TEC R/W RW R0 RW Initial value 0 0
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
244
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L5ETC (L5 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1B4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name L5ETZ Reserved L5TEC R/W RW R0 RW Initial value 0 0
This register sets the transparent color for the L5 layer. This register sets the transparent color for the L5 layer. When L5ETC = 0 and L5EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0 L5ETC (L5 layer Extend Transparent Color) Sets transparent color code for the L5 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to 0 are used. L5EZT (L5 layer Extend Zero Transparency) Sets handling of color code 0 in L5 layer 0 Code 0 as transparency color 1 Code 0 as non-transparency color
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
245
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L0PAL0-255 (L0 layer Palette 0-255)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 400 -- DisplayBaseAddress + 7FF H H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name A R G B R/W RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 Don't Initial value care 0000000 Don't care 00 Don't care 00 Don't care 00
These are color palette registers for L0 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is applied as the display color of that pixel. This register corresponds to the CPALn register for previous products.
Bit 7 to 2 B (Blue) Sets blue colorcomponent G (Green) Sets green colorcomponent R (Red) Sets red color component A (Alpha) Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode is enabled. 0 Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled Overlay is performed via transparent color. 1 Blending performed
Bit 15 to 10
Bit 23 to 18
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
246
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L1PAL0-255 (L1 layer Palette 0-255)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 800 -- DisplayBaseAddress + BFF H H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name A R G B R/W RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 Don't Initial value care 0000000 Don't care 00 Don't care 00 Don't care 00
These are color palette registers for L1 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is applied as the display color of that pixel. This register corresponds to the MBPALn register for previous products.
Bit 7 to 2 B (Blue) Sets blue colorcomponent G (Green) Sets green colorcomponent R (Red) Sets red color component A (Alpha) Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode is enabled. 0 Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled Overlay is performed via transparent color. 1 Blending performed
Bit 15 to 10
Bit 23 to 18
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
247
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L2PAL0-255 (L2 layer Palette 0-255)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1000 -- DisplayBaseAddress + 13FF H H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name A R G B R/W RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 Don't Initial value care 0000000 Don't care 00 Don't care 00 Don't care 00
These are color palette registers for L2 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is applied as the display color of that pixel.
Bit 7 to 2 B (Blue) Sets blue colorc omponent G (Green) Sets green colorcomponent R (Red) Sets red color component A (Alpha) Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode is enabled. 0 Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled Overlay is performed via transparent color. 1 Blending performed
Bit 15 to 10
Bit 23 to 18
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
248
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL L3PAL0-255 (L3 layer Palette 0-255)
Register DisplayBaseAddress + 1400 -- DisplayBaseAddress + 17FF H H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name A R G B R/W RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 RW R0 Don't Initial value care 0000000 Don't care 00 Don't care 00 Don't care 00
These are color palette registers for L3 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is applied as the display color of that pixel.
Bit 7 to 2 B (Blue) Sets blue colorcomponent G (Green) Sets green colorcomponent R (Red) Sets red color component A (Alpha) Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode is enabled. 0 Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled Overlay is performed via transparent color. 1 Blending performed
Bit 15 to 10
Bit 23 to 18
Bit 31
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
249
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.5 Video capture registers
VCM (Video Capture Mode)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 00h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VIE VIS Reserve VICE Reserve
Bit field name R/W
CM Reserve VI R/W RX X
Reserve RX X
R/W R/W RX R/W
RX R/W 00
Initial value 0 0 X 0 X
0
This register sets the video capture mode. This register is not initialized by software reset.
Bit1 VS (Video Select) NTSC or PAL is selected for the code error detection. (only the RTB656 is input. ) 0 NTSC 1 PAL NRGB(Native RGB input on) Native RGB mode is set up. RGB video data is accepted via an internal RGB preprocessor which converts RGB to YUV422 Native RGB
Bit2 0 1
Bit20 0 1 Bit25-24 00 01 10 11 Bit28
VI (Vertical Interpolation) Sets whether to perform vertical interpolation Performs vertical interpolation. The graphics are enlarged vertically by two times Does not perform vertical interpolation CM (Capture Mode) Sets video capture mode. To capture vides, set these bits to "11". Initial value Reserved Reserved Capture VICE (Video Input Clock Enable) Capture clock enable
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
250
R/W R/W RX 00X
NRGB VS Rsv
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 Bit30 Enable Disable VIS(Video Input Select) RBT656/601 RGB VIE (Video Input Enable) Enables video capture function Does not capture video Captures video
0 1
Bit31 0 1
-Procedure of video capture clock Stop1) 0 is written in bit31 (VIE) of the VCM register, and the video capture function is invalidated. 2) 1 is written in bit28 (VICE) of the VCM register, and Stop does video capture clock. -Procedure of video capture clock beginning1) 0 is written in bit28 (VICE) of the VCM register, and video capture clock is made effective. 2) 1 is written in bit31 (VIE) of the VCM register, and the video capture function is made effective.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
251
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CSC (Capture SCale)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 04h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name VSCI VSCF HSCI HSCF R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Initial value 00001 00000000000 00001 00000000000
This register sets the video capture upscaling/downscaling ratio.
Bit10-0 HSCF (Vertical SCale Fraction) The decimal part of a horizontal upscaling/downscaling ratio is set. HSCI (Horizontal Scale Integer) The integer part of a horizontal upscaling/downscaling ratio is set. VSCF (Vertical SCale Fraction) The decimal part of a vertical upscaling/downscaling ratio is set. VSCI (Vertical SCale Integer) The integer part of a vertical upscaling/downscaling ratio is set.
Bit15-11
Bit26-16
Bit31-27
Note: - Smooth continuation operation to Down Scaling mode and Up Scaling mode cannot be performed. The picture disorder of some arises at the time of a change. This is the restrictions for Up Scaling mode and Down Scaling mode using the same interpolate circuit.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
252
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CBM (video Capture Buffer Mode)
Register address Bit number CaputureBaseAddress + 10h
31 30 29 28 27 ... 24 23 22 ... 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 C-RGB Reserve CBW SSS SSM reserve C-BST R/W 0 S-BUF resv C24 BED CSW resv HRV 0 PAU
Bit field name OO R/W Initial value Bit0
R/W R/W R/W R/W 0 X X 0
RX X
R/W X
RX R/W R/W R/W
RX
R/W 000
R/W R/W 000
RX X
X0 0 0 X
CBST (Capture Burst) The burst-length at the capture Write is specified. Because long burst-length is good the access efficiency, 1 is recommended to be set. 0 Normal burst write (4word) 1 Long burst write (8word) HRV (H-reverse) The horizontal reversing mode specification Normal operation mode Horizontal reversing mode SSM (Single Shot Mode) Single shot mode Normal operation mode Single shot/odd field mode Single shot/even field mode Single shot/both field mode (with field distinction) Single shot/both field mode2 (without field distinction) SSS (Single Shot Status) The state of single shot operation is shown. Initial state Odd field mode / under capture Even field mode / under capture Both field mode / under first field capture Both field mode / under second field capture CSW (Color Swap) The byte position of a color ingredient is replaced. Without exchange With exchange
Bit4 0 1 Bit7-5 000 001 010 011 111 Bit10-8 000 001 010 100 101 Bit12 0 1
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
253
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit13 0 1 Bit14 Bit23-16 C24 CBW (Capture Buffer memory Width) Sets memory width (stride) of capture buffer in 64 bytes PAU (PAUse) It is shown that capture operation is Stop temporarily. 0 can be written and it can cancel. 0 Under operation 1 Stop temporarily CRGB ( Capture RGB write) It specifies changing and writing the data of YcbCr form in RGB=5:5:5 (16 bits/pixel). 0 YcbCr form (without change) 1 RGB form SBUF (Single Buffer) It specifies managing a capture buffer by the single buffer system. Normal mode (ring buffer) Single buffer mode OO (Odd Only mode) Specifies whether to capture odd fields only Normal mode Odd only mode BED (Big EnDian) Endian is reversed Little endian (enable display) Big endian (disable display)
Bit28
Bit29
Bit30 0 1 Bit31 0 1
Note: This register is not initialized by soft reset.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
254
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CBOA (video Capture Buffer Origin Address)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 14h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CBOA R/W RX R/W R0 Initial value Don't care Don't care 0
This register specifies the starting (origin) address of the video capture buffer.
CBLA (video Capture Buffer Limit Address)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 18h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CBLA R/W RX R/W R0 Initial value Don't care Don't care 0
This register specifies the end (limit) address of the video capture buffer. CBLA must be larger than CBOA.
CIHSTR (Capture Image Horizontal STaRt)
Register address Bit number 15 14 13 12 Bit field name Reserved R/W RX Initial value Don't care CaputureBaseAddress + 1Ch
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 CIHSTR R/W Don't care 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the range of the images to be written (captured) to the video capture buffer. Specify the X coordinates located in the top left of the image range as the count of pixels from the top left of the image. For downscaling, apply this setting to the post-reduction image coordinates.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
255
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CIVSTR (Capture Image Vertical STaRt)
Register address Bit number 15 14 13 12 Bit field name Reserved R/W RX Initial value Don't care CaputureBaseAddress + 1Eh
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 CIVSTR R/W Don't care 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the range of the images to be written (captured) to the video capture buffer. Specify the Y coordinates located in the top left of the image range as the count of pixels from the top left of the image. For downscaling, apply this setting to the post-reduction image coordinates.
CIHEND (Capture Image Horizontal END)
Register address Bit number 15 Bit field name R/W Initial value CaputureBaseAddress + 20h
14 13 Reserved RX X 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 CIHEND R/W X 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the range of the images to be written (captured) to the video capture buffer. Specify the X coordinates located in the bottom right of the image range as the count of pixels from the top left of the image. For downscaling, apply this setting to the post-reduction image coordinates. If the pixel at the right end of the image is not aligned on 64 bits/word boundary, extra data is written before 64 bits/word boundary. If the width of the input image is less than the range set by this command, data is written only at the size of input image.
CIVEND (Capture Image Vertical END)
Register address Bit number 15 Bit field name R/W Initial value CaputureBaseAddress + 22h
14 13 Reserved RX X 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 CIVEND R/W X 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the range of the images to be written (captured) to the video capture buffer. Specify the Y coordinates located in the bottom right of the image range as the count of pixels from the top left of the original image to be input. For downscaling, apply this setting to the postreduction image coordinates.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
256
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
If the count of rasters of the input image is less than the range set by this command, data is written only at the size of the input image.
CVCNT (Capture Vertical Count)
Register address Bit number 15 Bit field name R/W Initial value CaptureBaseAddress + 300h
14 13 Reserved R0 0 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 CVCNT R Don't care 4 3 2 1 0
Y coordinates of the raster which is carrying out the capture are shown. Only read-out is possible.
CHP (Capture Horizontal Pixel)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 28h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CHP R/W RX R/W Initial value X 0x168 (360)
This register sets the count of horizontal pixels of the image output after scaling. Specify the count of horizontal pixels in 2 pixels. Maximum is 840 pixels (setting value is 0x1A4)
CVP (Capture Vertical Pixel)
Bit field name Reserved RX X
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 2c H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CVPP RW 271H (625D) Reserved RX X CVPN RW 20DH (525D)
This register sets the count of vertical pixels of the image output after scaling. The fields to be used depend on the video format to be used.
Bit 25 to 16 CVPP (Capture Vertical Pixel for PAL) Set count of vertical pixels of output image in PAL format used CVPN (Capture Vertical Pixel for NTSC) Set count of vertical pixels of output image in NTSC format used
R/W Initial value
Bit 9 to 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
257
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CLPF (Capture Low Pass Filter)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 40h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CVLPF Reserved CHLPF Reserved R/W RX R/W RX R/W RX Initial value 0 0 0 0 X
This register sets the Low Pass Filter Coefficient. The vertical low pass filter consists of FIR filters of three taps. The horizontal low pass filter consists of FIR filters of five taps. It specifies independently in 2-bit coefficient code with a luminance signal (Y) and a chrominance signal (Cb and Cr) . A low pass filter is OFF (through) in a setup of each coefficient code "00".
Bit 17 to 16 CHLPF_C (Capture Horizontal LPF coefficient C) CHLPF_C K0 K1 K2 K3 00 0 0 1 0 01 0 1/4 2/4 1/4 10 0 3/16 10/16 3/16 11 3/32 8/32 10/32 10/32 CHLPF_Y (Capture Horizontal LPF coefficient Y) CHLPF_Y K0 K1 K2 K3 00 0 0 1 0 01 0 1/4 2/4 1/4 10 0 3/16 10/16 3/16 11 3/32 8/32 10/32 10/32 CVLPF_C (Capture Vertical LPF coefficient C) CVLPF_C K0 K1 K2 00 0 1 0 01 1/4 2/4 1/4 10 3/16 10/16 3/16 11 Reserved CVLPF_Y (Capture Vertical LPF coefficient Y) CVLPF_Y K0 K1 K2 00 0 1 0 01 1/4 2/4 1/4 10 3/16 10/16 3/16 11 Reserved
Bit 19 to 18
K4 0 0 0 3/32 K4 0 0 0 3/32
Bit 25 to 24
Bit 27 to 26
Note: - In the case of Native RGB mode (NRGB=1), only a setup of CVLPF_Y code becomes effective. MB86296S 258 Specification Manual Rev0.1
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CMSS (Capture Magnify Source Size)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 48h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CMSHP Reserved CMSVL R/W RX R/W RX R/W Initial value X X X X Bit11-0 CMSVL (Capture Magnify Source Vertical Line) This register sets the number of vertical lines of the image input before Magnify scaling. CMSHP (Capture Magnify Source Horizontal Pixel) This register sets the number of horizontal pixels of the image input before Magnify scaling. Specify the number of horizontal pixels in 2-pixel units.
Bit27-16
CMDS (Capture Magnify Display Size)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 4Ch address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved CMDHP Reserved CMDVL R/W RX R/W RX R/W Initial value X X X X Bit11-0 CMDVL (Capture Magnify Display Vertical Line) This register sets the number of vertical lines of the image output after Magnify scaling. CMDHP (Capture Magnify Display Horizontal Pixel) This register sets the number of horizontal pixels of the image output after Magnify scaling. Specify the number of horizontal pixels in 2-pixel units.
Bit27-16
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
259
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL RGBHC(RGB input Hsync Cycle)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 80h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserved VIN_HSSIZE / RGBHC R/W RX R/W Initial value X X Bit13-0 RGBHC This register sets number of HSYNC cycles of the RGB input. . It is used when it is made a setup which samples VSYNC. The setting value +1 is a level cycle.
RGBHEN(RGB input Horizontal Enable area)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 84h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name R/W Initial value
Reserved RX X RGBHST R/W X Reserve d RX X RGBHEN R/W X
It is a parameter for determining effective pixel data.
Bit12-0 RGBHEN(RGB input Horizontal Enable area Size) Effective pixel data size is set up per pixel. Specify the number of horizontal pixels in 2pixel units RGBHST(RGB input Horizontal Enable area Start position) The start position of effective pixel data is set up. The setting value -4 is a start position.
Bit25-16
Note: - The maximum horizontal enable area size(RGBHEN) which can be captured is 840 pixels. This is the restriction by line buffer size in a video capture module.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
260
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL RGBVEN(RGB input Vertical Enable area)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 88h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reser ved R/W Initial value
RX X Reserve d R/W X RGBVST R/W X Reserve d RX X RGBVEN R/W X
It is a parameter for determining effective pixel data.
Bit12-0 RGBVEN(RGB input Vertical Enable area Size) Set effective line size RGBVST(RGB input Vertical Enable area Start position) The start position of effective line is set up. The setting value -1 is a start position.
Bit25-16
RGBS (RGB input Sync)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 90h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name R/W Initial value
Reserved RX X Reserved RX X RM HP VP R/W R/W 00
Edge detection of a synchronized signal is set up. It is used at the time of RGB input format.
Bit0 VP (VSYNCI Polarity) Negative edge of VINVSYNC is set to VSYNC. Positive edge of VINVSYNC is set to VSYNC. HP (HSYNCI Polarity) Negative edge of VINHSYNC is set to HSYNC. Positive edge of VINHSYNC is set to HSYNC.
0 1
Bit1
0 1
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
261
R/W 1
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit16 0 1 RM(RGB Input Mode select) Sets Direct RGB input mode
reserved RGB666 Direct input Mode
Conversion Operation
RGB data is converted to YUV by the following matrix expression : Y = a11*R + a12*G + a13*B + b1 Cb= a21*R + a22*G + a23*B + b2 Cr= a31*R + a32*G + a33*B + b3 aij 10bit signed real ( lower 8bit is fraction ) bi 8bit unsigned integer
Each coefficients can be defined by following registers. Cb and Cr components are reduced half after this operation to form the 4:2:2 format. RGBCMY (RGB Color convert Matrix Y coefficient)
Bit field name a11 RW 0001000010 b Re R 0 a12 RW 0010000000 b Re R 0 a13 RW 0000011001 b
Register CaputureBaseAddress + C0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
This register sets the RGB color convert matrix coefficient.
Bit 31 to 22 a11 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction) a12 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction) a13 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction)
R/W Initial value
Bit 20 to 11
Bit 9 to 0
RGBCMCb (RGB Color convert Matrix Cb coefficient)
Bit field name a21 RW 1111011010 b Re R 0
Register CaputureBaseAddress + C4 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
a22 RW 1110110110 b Re R 0 a23 RW 0001110000 b
This register sets the RGB color convert matrix coefficient.
Bit 31 to 22 A21 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction)
R/W Initial value
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
262
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 20 to 11 A22 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction) A23 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction)
Bit 9 to 0
RGBCMCr (RGB Color convert Matrix Cr coefficient)
Bit field name A31 RW 0001110000 b Re R 0
Register CaputureBaseAddress + C8 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
A32 RW 1110100010 b Re R 0 A33 RW 1111101110 b
This register sets the RGB color convert matrix coefficient.
Bit 31 to 22 A31 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction) A32 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction) A33 10bit signed real (lower8bit is fraction)
R/W Initial value
Bit 20 to 11
Bit 9 to 0
RGBCMb (RGB Color convert Matrix b coefficient)
Bit field name R R/W R Initial value 0 B1 RW 000010000 b Res R 0
Register CaputureBaseAddress + CC H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
b2 RW 010000000 b Res R 0 b3 RW 010000000 b
This register sets the RGB color convert matrix coefficient.
Bit 30 to 22 B1 9bit unsigned integer B2 9bit unsigned integer B3 9bit unsigned integer
Bit 19 to 11
Bit 8 to 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
263
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CDCN (Capture Data Count for NTSC)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 4000h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserve d R/W Initial value
RX X BDCN RW 0x10f(271) Reserve d RX X VDCN RW 0x5A3(1443)
This register sets the count of data of the input video stream in NTSC format.
Bit12-0 Bit28-16
VDCN (Valid Data Count for NTSC) Sets count of data processed during valid period in NTSC format. The setting value +1 is a data number BDCN (Blanking Data Count for NTSC) Sets count of data processed during blanking period in NTSC format. The setting value +1 is a data number
4T VI[7:0] EAV Blanking data 80,10,80,10,80,.
4T SAV Multiplexed video data Cb,Y,Cr,Y,Cb,Y,Cr,Y,..... ACTIVE-VIDEO 1440T [525] 1440T [625] 1444T(VDCN:1443T) 1444T(VDCP:1443T)
4T EAV
H-BLANK 276T 525 288T 625 272T(BDCN:271T) 284T(BDCP:283T)
The range of VDCN and BDCN is shown in the following figure.
SAV: start of active video timing reference code EAV: end of active video timing reference code T: clock period 37 ns nom.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
264
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CDCP (Capture Data Count for PAL)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 4004h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserve d R/W Initial value
RX X BDCP RW 0x11B(283) Reserve d RX X VDCP RW 0x5A3(1443)
This register sets the count of data of the input video stream in PAL format.
Bit12-0 VDCP (Valid Data Count for PAL) Sets count of data processed during valid period in PAL format. The setting value +1 is a data number BDCP (Blanking Data Count for PAL) Sets count of data processed during blanking period in PAL format. The setting value +1 is a data number
Bit28-16
VCS (Video Capture Status)
Register CaputureBaseAddress + 08h address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name Reserve CE R/W RX RW0 Initial value X 00000
This register indicates the ITU-RBT656 SAV and EAV status.
To detect error codes, set NTSC/PAL in the VS bit of VCM. If NTSC is set, reference the number of data in the capture data count register (CDCN). If PAL is set, reference the number of data in the capture data counter register (CDCP). If the reference data does not match the stream data , or undefined Fourth word of SAV/EAV codes are detected, bits 4 to 0 of the video capture status register (VCS) will be values as follows.
Bits 6-0 CE0 (Capture Error 0) Bit0 1 : RBT.656 undefined error (Code Bit7) Bit1 1 : RBT.656 undefined error (Code Bit7-4) Bit2 1 : RBT.656 undefined error (Code Bit7-0) Bit3 1 : RBT.656 long term H code error (SAV) Bit4 1 : RBT.656 long term H code error (EAV) 0 : true 0 : true 0 : true 0 : true 0 : true
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
265
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.26 Drawing control registers .
CTR (Control Register)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 400 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name FO PE CE FCNT NF FF FE R/W RW RW RW R RRR Initial value 000 011101 001
9876543210 SS DS PS R R R 00 00 00
This register indicates drawing flags and status information. Bits 24 to 22 are not cleared until 0 is set.
Bit 1 and 0 PS (Pixel engine Status) Indicate status of pixel engine unit 00 Idle 01 Busy 10 Reserved 11 Reserved DS (DDA Status) Indicate status of DDA 00 Idle 01 Busy 10 Busy 11 Reserved SS (Setup Status) Indicate status of Setup unit 00 Idle 01 Busy 10 Reserved 11 Reserved FE (FIFO Empty) Indicates whether data contained or not in display list FIFO 0 Valid data 1 No valid data FF (FIFO Full) Indicates whether display list FIFO is full or not 0 Not full 1 Full NF (FIFO Near Full) Indicates how empty the display list FIFO is 0 Empty entries equal to or more than half
Bit 5 and 4
Bit 9 and 8
Bit 12
Bit 13
Bit 14
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
266
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
1 Bit 20 to 15 Empty entries less than half
FCNT (FIFO Counter) Indicates count of empty entries of display list FIFO (0 to 100000H) CE (Display List Command Error) Indicates command error occurrence 0 Normal 1 Command error detected PE (Display List Packet code Error) Indicates packet code error occurrence 0 Normal 1 Packet code error detected FO (FIFO Overflow) Indicates FIFO overflow occurrence 0 Normal 1 FIFO overflow detected
Bit 22
Bit 23
Bit 24
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
267
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL IFSR (Input FIFO Status Register)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 404 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name NF FF FE R/W RRR Initial value 001
This is a mirror register for bits 14 to 12 of the CTR register.
IFCNT (Input FIFO Counter)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 408 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name FCNT R/W R Initial value 011101
This is a mirror register for bits 19 to 15 of the CTR register.
SST (Setup engine Status)
This is a miller register for bits 9 to 8 of the CTR register.
Register DrawBaseAddress + 40C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name SS R/W R Initial value 00
DST (DDA Status)
This is a mirror register for bits 5 to 4 of the CTR register.
Register DrawBaseAddress + 410 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name DS R/W RW Initial value 00
PST (Pixel engine Status)
This is a mirror register for bits 1 to 0 of the CTR register.
Register DrawBaseAddress + 414 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name PS R/W R Initial value 00
EST (Error Status)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 418 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name FO PE CE R/W RW RW RW Initial value 000
This is a mirror register for bits 24 to 22 of the CTR register.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
268
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.27 Drawing mode registers .
When write to the registers, use the SetRegister command. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU.
MDR0 (Mode Register for miscellaneous)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 420 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name ZP CF CY CX BSV BSH R/W RW RW RW RW RW RW Initial value 0 00 00 00 00 Bit 1 to 0 BSH (Bitmap Scale Horizontal) Sets horizontal zoom ratio of bitmap draw 00 x1 01 x2 10 x1/2 01 Reserved BSV (Bitmap Scale Vertical) Sets vertical zoom ratio of bitmap draw 00 x1 01 x2 10 x1/2 01 Reserved CX (Clip X enable) Sets X coordinates clipping mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled CY (Clip Y enable) Sets Y coordinates clipping mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled CF (Color Format) Sets drawing color format 00 Indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) 01 Direct color mode (16 bits/pixel) ZP (Z Precision) Sets the precision of the Z value used for erasing hidden planes. 16 bits/pixel 8 bits/pixel
Bit 3 to 2
Bit 8
Bit 9
Bit 16 and 15
Bit 20
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
269
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL MDR1/MDR1S/MDR1B (Mode Register for LINE/for Shadow/for Border)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 424 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Bit field name LW BP BL LOG BM ZW R/W RW RW RW RW RW RW Initial value 00000 00 0011 00
543210 ZCL ZC AS RW RW RW 0000 0 0
This register sets the mode of line and pixel drawing. This register is used for the body primitive, for the shade primitive, for the edge primitive. The value after a drawing that involves the shade primitive, the edge primitive, or the top-left nonapplicable primitive is the value set for MDR1. Please set ZC bit ( bit 2 ) to 0 when draw BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP command.
Bit 1 AS (Alpha Shading mode) Sets the shading mode for alpha. 0 Alpha flat shading 1 Alpha Gouraud shading ZC (Z Compare mode) Sets Z comparison mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled ZCL (Z Compare Logic) Selects type of Z comparison 000 NEVER 001 ALWAYS 010 LESS 011 LEQUAL 100 EQUAL 101 GEQUAL 110 GREATER 111 NOTEQUAL ZW (Z Write mode) Sets Z write mode 0 Writes Z values. 1 Not write Z values. BM (Blend Mode) Sets blend mode 00 Normal (source copy) 01 Alpha blending 10 Drawing with logic operation
Bit 2
Bit 5 to 3
Bit 6
Bit 8 to 7
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
270
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
11 Bit 12 to 9 Reserved
LOG (Logical operation) Sets type of logic operation 0000 CLEAR 0001 AND 0010 AND REVERSE 0011 COPY 0100 AND INVERTED 0101 NOP 0110 XOR 0111 OR 1000 NOR 1001 EQUIV 1010 INVERT 1011 OR REVERSE 1100 COPY INVERTED 1101 OR INVERTED 1110 NAND 1111 SET BL (Broken Line) Selects line type 0 Solid line 1 Broken line BP (Broken line Period) Selects broken line cycle 0: 32 bits 1: 24 bits LW (Line Width) Sets line width for drawing line 00000 1 pixel 00001 2 pixels : : 11111 32 pixels
Bit 19
Bit 20
Bit 28 to 24
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
271
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL MDR2/MDR2S/MDR2TL (Mode Register for Polygon/for Shadow/for TopLeft)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 428 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Bit field name TT LOG BM ZW R/W RW RW RW RW Initial value 00 0011 00
543210 ZCL ZC AS SM RW RW RW RW 0000 0 0 0
This register sets the polygon drawing mode. This register is used for the body primitive, for the shade primitive, and for the top-left nonapplicable primitive. The value after a drawing that involves the shade primitive or the top-left non-applicable primitive is the value set for MDR2. (Must set SM=AS=TT=0 for MDR2S)
Bit 0 SM (Shading Mode) Sets shading mode 0 Flat shading 1 Gouraud shading AS (Alpha Shading mode) Sets alpha shading mode. This mode is enabled for only alpha. 0 Alpha flat shading 1 Alpha gouraud shading ZC (Z Compare mode) Sets Z comparison mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled ZCL (Z Compare Logic) Selects type of Z comparison 000 NEVER 001 ALWAYS 010 LESS 011 LEQUAL 100 EQUAL 101 GEQUAL 110 GREATER 111 NOTEQUAL ZW (Z Write mask) Sets Z write mode 0 Writes Z values 1 Not write Z values
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 5 to 3
Bit 6
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
272
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 8 to 7
BM (Blend Mode) Sets blend mode 00 Normal (source copy) 01 Alpha blending 10 Drawing with logic operation 11 Reserved LOG (Logical operation) Sets type of logic operation 0000 CLEAR 0001 AND 0010 AND REVERSE 0011 COPY 0100 AND INVERTED 0101 NOP 0110 XOR 0111 OR 1000 NOR 1001 EQUIV 1010 INVERT 1011 OR REVERSE 1100 COPY INVERTED 1101 OR INVERTED 1110 NAND 1111 SET TT (Texture-Tile Select) Selects texture or tile pattern 00 Neither used 01 Enabled tiling 10 Enabled texture 11 Reserved
Bit 12 to 9
Bit 29 to 28
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
273
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL MDR3 (Mode Register for Texture)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 42C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name BA TAB TBL TWS R/W RW RW RW RW Initial value 0 00 00 00
9876543210 TWT TF TC RW RW RW 00 0 0
This register sets the texture mapping mode.
Bit 3 TC (Texture coordinates Correct) Sets texture coordinates correction mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled TF (Texture Filtering) Sets type oftexture interpolation (filtering) 0 Point sampling 1 Bi-linear filtering TWT (Texture Wrap T) Sets type oftexture coordinate s T direction wrapping 00 Cramp 01 Repeat 10 Border 11 Reserved TWS (Texture Wrap S) Sets type oftexture coordinate s S direction wrapping 00 Repeat 01 Cramp 10 Border 11 Reserved TBL (Texture Blend mode) Sets texture blending mode 00 De-curl 01 Modulate 10 Stencil 11 Reserved
Bit 5
Bit 9 and 8
Bit 11 and 10
Bit 17 and 16
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
274
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 21 and 20 TAB (Texture Alpha Blend mode) Sets texture blending mode The stencil mode and the stencil alpha mode are enabled only when the MDR2 register blend mode (BM) is set to the alpha blending mode. If it is not set to the alpha blending mode, the stencil mode and stencil alpha mode perform the same function as the normal mode. 00 Normal 01 Stencil 10 Stencil alpha 11 Reserved BA (Bilinear Accelerate Mode) Improves the performance of bi-linear filtering, although a texture area of four times the default texture area is used. 0 Default texture area used 1 Texture area four times default texture area used
Bit 24
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
275
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL MDR4 (Mode Register for BLT)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 430 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name LOG BM TE R/W RW RW RW Initial value 0011 00 0
This register controls the BLT mode.
Bit 1 TE (Transparent Enable) Sets transparent mode 0: Not perform transparent processing 1: Not draw pixels that corresponds to set transparent color in BLT (transparancy copy) Note: Set the blend mode (BM) to normal. BM (Blend Mode) Sets blend mode 00 Normal (source copy) 01 Reserved 10 Drawing with logic operation 11 Reserved LOG (Logical operation) Sets logic operation 0000 CLEAR 0001 AND 0010 AND REVERSE 0011 COPY 0100 AND INVERTED 0101 NOP 0110 XOR 0111 OR 1000 NOR 1001 EQUIV 1010 INVERT 1011 OR REVERSE 1100 COPY INVERTED 1101 OR INVERTED 1110 NAND 1111 SET
Bit 8 to 7
Bit 12 to 9
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
276
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL MDR7 (Mode Register for Extension)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 43C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name GG R/W W Initial value 0
This register used for "Gray Scale Gouraud Shading". This register is able to use only in 8 bit / pixel mode.
Bit 4 GG (Gray scale Gouraud Shading) Sets gray scale gouraud shading mode 0: Hard mask on ( compatible Orchid) 1: Hard mask off ( extension mode)
Note: This register is used for gray scale gouraud shading. This register is changed by internal processing. Please don't set these bits except GG bit. In case of gray scale gouraud shading drawing, please set this register to the follows. 1. Set this register to 0x00000050 before drawing. 2. Set this register to 0x00000040 after drawing.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
277
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL FBR (Frame buffer Base)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 440 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name FBASE R/W RW R0 Initial value Don't care 0
This register stores the base address of the drawing frame.
XRES (X Resolution)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 444 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name XRES R/W RW Initial value Don't care
This register sets the drawing frame horizontal resolution.
ZBR (Z buffer Base)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 448 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name ZBASE R/W RW R0 Initial value Don't care 0
This register sets the Z buffer base address.
TBR (Texture memory Base)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 44C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name TBASE R/W RW R0 Initial value Don't care 0
This register sets the texture memory base address.
PFBR (2D Polygon Flag-Buffer Base)
This register sets the polygon flag buffer base address.
Register DrawBaseAddress + 450 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name PFBASE R/W RW R0 Initial value Don't care 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
278
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL CXMIN (Clip X minimum)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 454 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name CLIPXMIN R/W RW Initial value Don't care
This register sets the clip frame minimum X position.
CXMAX (Clip X maximum)
This register sets the clip frame maximum X position.
Register DrawBaseAddress + 458 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name CLIPXMAX R/W RW Initial value Don't care
CYMIN (Clip Y minimum)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 45C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name CLIPYMIN R/W RW Initial value Don't care
This register sets the clip frame minimum Y position.
CYMAX (Clip Y maximum)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 460 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name CLIPYMAX R/W RW Initial value Don't care
This register sets the clip frame maximum Y position.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
279
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TXS (Texture Size)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 464 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name TXSN TXSM R/W RW RW Initial value 000010000000 000010000000
This register specifies the texture size (m, n).
Bit 12 to 0 TXSM (Texture Size M) Sets horizontal texture size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 4096 can be used. Values that are not a power of 2 cannot be used. 0_0000_0000_0100 M=4 0_0010_0000_0000 M=512 0_0000_0000_1000 M=8 0_0100_0000_0000 M=1024 0_0000_0001_0000 M=16 0_1000_0000_0000 M=2048 0_0000_0010_0000 M=32 1_0000_0000_0000 M=4096 0_0000_0100_0000 M=64 0_0000_1000_0000 M=128 0_0001_0000_0000 M=256 Other than the above Setting disabled TXSN (Texture Size N) Sets vertical texture size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 4096 can be used. Values that are not a power of 2 cannot be used. 0_0000_0000_0100 N=4 0_0010_0000_0000 N=512 0_0000_0000_1000 N=8 0_0100_0000_0000 N=1024 0_0000_0001_0000 N=16 0_1000_0000_0000 N=2048 0_0000_0010_0000 N=32 1_0000_0000_0000 N=4096 0_0000_0100_0000 N=64 0_0000_1000_0000 N=128 0_0001_0000_0000 N=256 Other than the above Setting disabled
Bit 28 to 16
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
280
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TIS (Tile Size)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 468 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name TISN TISM R/W RW RW Initial value 1000000 1000000 Bit 6 to 0 TISM (Title Size M) Sets horizontal tile size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 64 can be used. Values that are not a power of 2 cannot be used. 0.000100 M=4 0001000 M=8 0010000 M=16 0100000 M=32 1000000 M=64 Other than Setting disabled the above
This register specifies the tile size (m, n).
Bit 22 to 16
TISN (Title Size N) Sets vertical tile size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 64 can be used. Values that are not a power of 2 cannot be used. 0000100 N=4 0001000 N=8 0010000 N=16 0100000 N=32 1000000 N=64 Other than Setting disabled the above
TOA (Texture Buffer Offset address)
This register sets the texture buffer offset address. Using this offset value, texture patterns can be referred to the texture buffer memory. Specify the word-aligned byte address (16 bits). (Bit 0 is always "0".)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 46C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name XBO R/W RW Initial value Don't care
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
281
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL SHO (SHadow Offset)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 470 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name SHOFFS R/W RW Initial value Don't care
This register sets the offset address of the shadow relative to the body primitive at drawing with shadow. At body drawing, this offset address is set to "0"; at shadow drawing, the offset address calculated from each offset value of the X coordinates and of the Y coordinates is set. This register is hardware controlled.
ABR (Alpha map Base)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 474 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name ABASE R/W RW R0 Initial value Don't care 0
This register sets the base address of the alpha map.
FC (Foreground Color)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 480 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name FGC R/W RW Initial value 0
This register sets the drawing foreground color. This color is for the object color for flat shading and foreground color for bitmap drawing and broken line drawing. All bits set to "1" are drawn in the color set at this register. 8 bit color mode:
Bit 7 to 0 Bit 31 to 8 FGC8 (Foreground 8 bit Color) Sets the indirect color for the foreground (color index code). These bits are not used.
16 bit color mode:
Bit 15 to 0
Bit 31 to 16
FGC16 (Foreground 16 bit Color) This field sets the 16-bit direct color for the foreground. Note that the handling of bit 15 is different from that in ORCHID. Up to ORCHID, bit 15 is "0" for other than bit map and rectangular drawing, but starting with CORAL, the setting value is reflected in memory as is. This bit is also reflected in bit 15 of the 16-bit color at Gouraud shading. These bits are not used.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
282
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL BC (Background Color)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 484 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name BGC8/16/24 R/W RW Initial value 0
This register sets the drawing frame background color. This color is used for the background color of bitmap drawing and broken line drawing. At bitmap drawing, all bits set to "0" are drawn in the color set at this register. BT bit of this register allows the background color of be transparent (no drawing). 8 bit color mode:
Bit 7 to 0 Bit 14 to 8 Bit 15 BGC8 (Background 8 bit Color) Sets the indirect color for the background (color index code) Not used BT (Background Transparency) Sets the transparent mode for the background color 0 Background drawn using color set for BGC field 1 Background not drawn (transparent) Not used
Bit 31 to 16 Bit 14 to 0 Bit 15
16 bit color mode:
Bit 31 to 16
BGC16 (Background 16 bit Color) Sets 16-bit direct color (RGB) for the background BT (Background Transparency) Sets the transparent mode for the background color 0 Background drawn using color set for BGC field 1 Background not drawn (transparent) Not used
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
283
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL ALF (Alpha Factor)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 488 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name A R/W RW Initial value 0
This register sets the alpha blending coefficient.
BLP (Broken Line Pattern)
This register sets the broken-line pattern. The bit 1 set in the broken-line pattern is drawn in the foreground color and bit 0 is drawn in the background color. The line pattern for 1 pixel line is laid out in the direction of MSB to LSB and when it reaches LSB, it goes back to MSB. The BLPO register manages the bit numbers of the broken-line pattern. 32 or 24 bits can be selected as the repetition of the broken-line pattern by the BP bit of the MDR1 register. When 24 bits are selected, bits 23 to 0 of the BLP register are used.
Register DrawBaseAddress + 48C H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name BLP R/W RW Initial value 0
TBC (Texture Border Color)
This register sets the border color for texture mapping. 8 bit color mode:
Bit 7 to 0
Register DrawBaseAddress + 494 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name BC8/16 R/W RW Initial value 0
BC8 (Border Color) Sets the 8-bit direct color for the texture border color BC16 (Border Color) Sets the 16-bit direct color for the texture border color Bit15 is used for controlling a stencil and stencil alpha
16 bit color mode:
Bit 15 to 0
BLPO (Broken Line Pattern Offset)
Register DrawBaseAddress + 3E0 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name BCR R/W RW Initial value 11111
This register stores the bit number of the broken-line pattern set to BLP registers, for broken line drawing. This value is decremented at each pixel drawing. Broken line can be drawn starting from any starting position of the specified broken-line pattern by setting any value at this register. When no write is performed, the position of broken-line pattern is sustained.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
284
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.28 Triangle drawing registers .
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or using the SetRegister command.
(XY coordinates register)
Ys Xs dXdy XUs dXUdy XLs dXLdy USN LSN
Register Address
0000H 0004H 0008H 000cH 0010H 0014H 0018H 001bH 0020H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SSSS Int Frac SSSS Int Frac SSSS Int Frac SSSS Int Frac SSSS Int Frac SSSS Int Frac SSSS Int Frac 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset value from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets (X, Y) coordinates for triangle drawing
Ys Xs dXdy XUs dXUdy XLs dXLdy USN LSN Y coordinates start position of long edge X coordinates start position of long edge corresponding to Ys X DDA value of long edge direction X coordinates start position of upper edge X DDA value of upper edge direction X coordinates start position of lower edge X DDA value of lower edge direction Count of spans of upper triangle. If this value is "0", theupper triangle is not drawn. Count of spans of lower triangle. If this value is "0", the lower triangle is not drawn.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
285
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL (Color setting register)
Rs dRdx dRdy Gs dGdx dGdy Bs dBdx dBdy 0040H 0044H 0048H 004CH 0050H 0054H 0058H 005cH 0060H 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S 0 S S
Register Address 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 S S 0 S S 0 S S
0 S S 0 S S 0 S S
0 S S 0 S S 0 S S
0 S S 0 S S 0 S S
0 S S 0 S S 0 S S
Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int Int
Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac Frac
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets color parameters for triangle drawing. These parameters are enabled in the Gouraud shading mode.
Rs dRdx dRdy Gs dGdx dGdy Bs dBdx dBdy
Register Address
R value at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys R DDA value of horizontal direction R DDA value of long edge G value at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys G DDA value of horizontal direction G DDA value of long edge B value at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys B DDA value of horizontal direction B DDA value of long edge
(Z coordinates register)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Zs 0080h 0 Int Frac dZdx 0084h S Int Frac dZdy 008ch S Int Frac
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets Z coordinates for 3D triangle drawing
Zs dZdx dZdy Z coordinate start position of long edge Z DDA value of horizontal direction Z DDA value of long edge
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
286
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL (Texture coordinates-setting register)
Register Address
Ss dSdx dSdy Ts dTdx dTdy Qs dQdx dQdy
00c0H 00c4H 00c8H 00ccH 00d0H 00d4H 00d8H 00dcH 00e0H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SSS Int Frac SSS Int Frac SSS Int Frac SSS Int Frac SSS Int Frac SSS Int Frac 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Int Frac S S S S S S S Int Frac S S S S S S S Int Frac
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets texture coordinates parameters for triangle drawing
Ss dSdx dSdy Ts dTdx dTdy Qs dQdx dQdy S texture coordinates (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys S DDA value of horizontal direction S DDA value of long edge direction T texture coordinates (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys T DDA value of horizontal direction T DDA value of long edge direction Q (Perspective correction value) of texture at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys Q DDA value of horizontal direction Q DDA value of long edge direction
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
287
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.9 Line drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or by using the SetRegister command.
(Coordinates setting register)
Register Address
LPN LXs LXde LYs LYde LZs LZde
0140H 0144H 0148H 014cH 0150H 0154H 0158H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0000 Int 0 SSSS Int Frac S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Int Frac SSSS Int Frac S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Int Frac S Int Frac S Int Frac
Address Offset from DrawBaseAddress S Sign bit or sign extension 0 Not used or 0 extension Int Integer or integer part of fixed point data Frac Fraction part of fixed point data Sets coordinates parameters for line drawing
LPN LXs LXde LYs LYde LZs LZde Pixel count of principal axis direction X coordinates start position of draw line (In principal axis X) Integer value of X coordinates rounded off (In principal axis Y) X coordinates in form of fixed point data Inclination data for X coordinates (In principal axis X) Increment or decrement according to drawing direction (In principal axis Y) Fraction part of DX/DY Y coordinates start position of draw line (In principal axis X) Y coordinates in form of fixed point data (In principal axis Y) Integer value of Y coordinates rounded off Inclination data for Y coordinates (In principal axis X) Fraction part of DY/DX (In principal axis Y) Increment or decrement according to drawing direction Z coordinates start position of line drawing line Z Inclination
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
288
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.10 Pixel drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or using the SetRegister command.
Register Address
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PXdc 0180H 0 0 0 0 Int 0 PYdc 0184H 0 0 0 0 Int 0 PZdc 0188H 0 0 0 0 Int 0
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates parameter for drawing pixel. The foreground color is used.
PXdc PYdc PZdc Sets X coordinates position Sets Y coordinates position Sets Z coordinates position
13.2.11 Rectangle drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or using the SetRegister command.
RXs 0200H Rys 0204H RsizeX 0208H RsizeY 020cH
Register Address
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates parameters for rectangle drawing. The foreground color is used.
RXs Rys RsizeX RsizeY Sets the X coordinate of top left vertex s Sets the Y coordinate of top left vertex s Sets horizontal size Sets vertical size
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
289
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.12 Blt registers
Sets the parameters of each register as described below:
*
Set the Tcolor register with the SetRegister command. Note that the Tcolor register cannot be set at access from the CPU and by drawing commands. Each register except the Tcolor register is set by executing a drawing command. Note that access from the CPU and the SetRegister command cannot be used.
SADDR 0240H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Register Address
*
SStride 0244H SRXs 0248H SRYs 024cH DADDR 0250H DStride 0254H DRXs 0258H DRYs 025cH BRsizeX 0260H BRsizeY 0264H TColor 0280H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000000 Address 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0 Color
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets parameters for Blt operations
SADDR SStride SRXs SRYs DADDR DStride DRXs DRYs BRsizeX BRsizeY Tcolor Sets start address of source rectangle area in byte address Sets stride of source Sets X coordinates start position of source rectangle area Sets Y coordinates start position of source rectangle area Sets start address of destination rectangle area in byte address Sets stride of destination Sets X coordinates start position of destination rectangle area Sets Y coordinates start position of destination rectangle area Sets horizontal size of rectangle Sets vertical size of rectangle Sets transparent color For indirect color, set a palette code in the lower 8 bits.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
290
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.13 High-speed 2D line drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU.
Register Address
LX0dc LY0dc LX1dc LY1dc
0540H 0544H 0548H 054cH
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0
Address S 0 Int Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress Sign bit or sign extension Not used or 0 extension Integer or integer part of fixed point data Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates of line end points for High-speed 2DLine drawing
LX0dc LY0dc LX1dc LY1dc Sets X coordinates of vertex V0 Sets Y coordinates of vertex V0 Sets X coordinates of vertex V1 Sets Y coordinates of vertex V1
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
291
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.14 High-speed 2D triangle drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or using the SetRegister command.
Register Address
X0dc Y0dc X1dc Y1dc X2dc Y2dc
0580h 0584h 0588h 058ch 0590h 0594h
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0 0000 Int 0
Address Offset from DrawBaseAddress S Sign bit or sign extension 0 Not used or 0 extension Int Integer or integer part of fixed point data Frac Fraction part of fixed point data Sets coordinates of three vertices for High-speed 2DTriangle drawing
X0dc Y0dc X1dc Y1dc X2dc Y2dc Sets X coordinates of vertex V0 Sets Y coordinates of vertex V0 Sets X coordinates of vertex V1 Sets Y coordinates of vertex V1 Sets X coordinates of vertex V2 Sets Y coordinates of vertex V2
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
292
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.15 Geometry control register
GCTR (Geometry Control Register)
Register GeometryBaseAddress + 00 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 Bit field name Reserved FO Rsv FCNT NF FF FE Rsv R/W RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX Initial value X 0 X 011111 001 X
9876543210 GS Rsv SS Rsv PS R RX R RX R 00 X 00 X 00
The flags and status information of the geometry section are reflected in this register. Note that the flags and status information of the drawing section are reflected in CTR.
Bit 1 and 0 PS (Pixel engine Status) Indicates status of pixel engine unit 00 Idle 01 Processing 10 Reserved 11 Reserved SS (geometry Setup engine Status) Indicates status of geometry setup engine unit 00 Idle 01 Processing 10 Processing 11 Reserved GS (Geometry engine Status) Indicates status of geometry engine unit 00 Idle 01 Processing 10 Reserved 11 Reserved FE (FIFO Empty) Indicates whether the data iscontained in display list FIFO (DFIFOD) 0 Data in DFIFOD 1 No data in DFIFOD FF (FIFO Full) Indicates whether display list FIFO (DFIFOD) is full or not 0 DFIFOD not full 1 DFIFOD full
Bit 5 and 4
Bit 9 and 8
Bit 12
Bit 13
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
293
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 14 NF (FIFO Near Full) Indicates free space in display list FIFO (DFIFOD) 0 More than half of DFIFOD free 1 Less than half of DFIFOD free
Bit 20 to 15 FCNT (FIFO Counter) Indicates count of free stages (0 to 011111B) of display list FIFO (DFIFOD) Bit 24 FO ( IFO Overflow ) F Indicates whether FIFO overflow occurred 0 Normal 1 FIFO overflow
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
294
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.16 Geometry mode registers
The SetRegister command is used to write values to geometry mode registers. The geometry mode registers cannot be accessed from the CPU.
GMDR0 (Geometry Mode Register for Vertex)
Register GeometryBaseAddress + 40 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name FX CF DF ST Z C F R/W RW RW RW RW RW RW RW Initial value 0 0 00 0000
This register sets the types of parameters input as vertex data and the type of projective transformation.
Bit28 FX (Float Setup eXpand) Enable Float Setup mode (See Geometry command code table) Work Only for G_Begin/Triangle(s,_Strip,_Fan) 0 disable 1 enable CF (Color Format) Specifies color data format 0 Independent RGB format/Packed RGB format 1 Reserved DF (Data Format) Specifies vertex coordinates data format 00 Specifies floating-point format (Only independent RGB format can be used as color data format.) 01 Specifies fixed-point format (Only packed RGB format can be used as color data format.) 10 Reserved 11 Specifies packed integer format (Only packed RGB format can be used as color data format.) CF 0 DF 00 01 10 11 00 01 10 11 Input data format Floating-point format + independent RGB format Fixed-point format + packed RGB format Reserved Packed integer format + packed RGB format Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
Bit 7
Bit 6 and 5
1
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
295
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 3 ST (texture S and T data enable) Sets whether to use texture ST coordinates 0 Not use texture ST coordinates 1 Uses texture ST coordinates Z (Z data enable) Sets whether to use Z coordinates 0 Not use Z coordinates 1 Uses Z coordinates C (Color data enable) Sets whether to use vertex color 0 Not use vertex color 1 Uses vertex color F (Frustum mode) Sets projective transformation mode 0 Orthogonal projection transformation mode 1 Perspective projection transformation mode
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
296
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL GMDR1 (Geometry Mode Register for Line)
Register GeometryBaseAddress + 44 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name BO EP AA R/W WWW Initial value 0 0 0
This register sets the geometry mode at line drawing. This register is sharing hardware with GMDR1E, so that if GMDR1 is changed, the same bit of GMDR1E is also changed.
Bit 4 BO (Broken line Offset) Sets broken line reference position 0 Broken line reference position not cleared 1 Broken line reference position cleared EP (End Point mode)
Bit 2
Sets end point drawing mode
Note that the end point is not drawn in line strip. 0 End point not drawn 1 End point drawn Bit 0 AA (Anti-alias mode) Sets anti-alias mode 0 Anti-alias not performed 1 Anti-alias performed
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
297
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL GMDR1E (Geometry Mode Register for Line Extension)
Register (SetGModeRegister) address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name PO LV TC BC UW BM TM BP SP BO EP AA R/W WW W W WWW WW WWW Initial value 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 This register sets the geometry processing extended mode at line drawing. The CORAL extended function can be used only when the C, Z, and ST fields of GMDR0 are "0".
This register is sharing hardware with GMDR1, so that if GMDR1E is changed, the same bit of GMDR1 is also changed.
Bit 31 PO (Primitive Order Control) Sets the draw order for body/edge/shadow 0 Body -> Edge -> shadow (faster) 1 Shadow -> Edge -> Body (quality for anti-alias) LV (Line Version Control) Sets the Coral Line algorithm version 0 Version 1.0 (for backward compatibility) 1 Version 2.0 (recommended) TC (Thick line Correct) Sets the interpolation mode for the bold line joint 0 Interpolation of bold line joint not performed 1 Interpolation of bold line joint performed BC (Broken line Correct) Sets the interpolation mode for the dashed-line pattern 0 Interpolation not performed 1 Interpolation performed using dashed-line pattern reference address fixed mode UW (Uniform line Width) Sets the line width equalizatio mode n 0 Equalization of line width not performed 1 Equalization of line width performed BM (Broken line Mode) Sets the dashed-line pattern mode 0 Dashed-line pattern pasted vertical to principal axis of line (compatible with CREMSON). 1 Dashed-line pattern pastedvertical to theoretical line TM (Thick line Mode) Sets the bold line mode
Bit 30
Bit 20
Bit 16
Bit 14
Bit 13
Bit 12
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
298
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
0 1 Bit 9 Bold line drawn vertical to principal axis of line (compatible with CREMSON) Operation is not assured when TM = 0 is used together with TC = 1, SP = 1, or BP = 1. Bold line drawn vertical to theoretical line Operation is not assured when TM = 1 is used together with BM = 0.
BP (Border Primitive) Sets the drawing mode for the border primitive 0 Border primitive not drawn 1 Border primitive drawn SP (Shadow Primitive) Sets the drawing mode for the shadow primitive 0 Shadow primitive not drawn Shadow primitive drawn 1 BO (Broken line Offset) Sets the reference position of the dashed-line pattern 0 Reference position of dashed-line pattern cleared Reference position of dashed-line pattern not cleared 1 EP (End Point mode) Sets the drawing mode for the end point Note that the end point is always not drawn in line strip 0 End point not drawn 1 End point drawn AA (Anti-alias mode) Sets anti-alias mode 0 Anti-alias not performed 1 Anti-alias performed
Bit 8
Bit 4
Bit 2
Bit 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
299
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL GMDR2 (Geometry Mode Register for Triangle)
Register GeometryBaseAddress + 48H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name FD CF R/W WW Initial value 0 0
This register sets the geometry processing mode when a triangle is drawn. Drawing performed using commands in range from G_Begin to G_End
Bit 2
FD (Face Definition) Sets the face definition 0 Face defined as state with vertexes arranged clockwise 1 Face defined as state with vertexes arranged counterclockwise CF (Cull Face) Sets the drawing mode of the back 0 Back drawn 1 Back not drawn (value disabled for polygons)
Bit 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
300
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL GMDR2E (Geometry Mode Register for Triangle Extension)
Register (SetGModeRegister) address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name TL SP FD CF R/W W Initial value 0 0 0 This register sets the geometry processing extended mode at triangle drawing. In case of TL=1 with texture mapping, please set perspective correction.
W 0
W
Non-top-left-part's pixel quality is less than body. (using approximate calculation)
Bit 10 TL (Top-Left rule mode) Sets the drawing algorithm 0 Top-left rule applied (compatible with CREMSON) 1 Top-left rule not applied SP (Shadow Primitive) Sets the drawing mode for the shadow primitive 0 Shadow primitive not drawn 1 Shadow primitive drawn FD (Face Definition) Sets the face definition 0 Face defined as state with vertexes arranged clockwise 1 Face defined as state with vertexes arranged counterclockwise CF (Cull Face) Sets the drawing mode of the back 0 Back drawn 1 Back not drawn (value disabled for polygons)
Bit 8
Bit 2
Bit 0
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
301
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
13.2.17 Display list FIFO registers
DFIFOG (Geometry Displaylist FIFO with Geometry)
Register Geometry BaseAddress + 400 H address Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Bit field name DFIFOG R/W W Initial value Don't care
FIFO registers for Display List transfer
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
302
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14. TIMING DIAGRAM
14.1 Host Interface
14.1.1 PCI Interface
Standard PCI V2.1.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
303
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.1.2 EEPROM Timing
PCLK ECS,EDO EDI tEDD ECLK tECLKH
~
tEDD
~
tEDS tEDH
tECLKP
tECLKL
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
304
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.1.3 Serial Interface Timing
CLK STROBE DO DI tSSD tSDD tSDS tSDH
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
305
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.2 I2C Interface
I2C Bus Timing
STOP SDA(I) TS2SCLI SCL(I) TWBFI TCSCLI TWHSCLI TWLSCLI START D7 TH2SCLI D6 TS2SDAI D5 D4 TH2SDAI D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK TS2SCLI TH2SCLI RESTART
STOP SDA(O) TS2SCLO SCL(O)
START D7 TH2SCLO D6 D5 D4 TH2SDAO D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK TS2SCLO
RESTART
TH2SCO
TCSCLO
TWHSCLO
TWLSCLO
Fig.11.1 I2C bus timing Interruption Timing
SDA(I) Data or noise under acknowledge input SCL(I) T PHINTR XINT Interruption timing of bus error XINT Interruption timing except bus error SCL(I) T PHINTR SDA(I)
Fig.11.2 Interruption timing
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
306
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.3 Graphics Memory Interface
The CORAL access timing and graphics memory access timing are explained here.
14.3.1 Timing of read access to same row address
MCLKO MRAS
MCAS MWE MA ROW
TRCD
COL
COL
CL
COL
COL
MD DQM
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
ROW: Row Address COL: Column Address DATA: READ DATA
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time CL: CAS Latency
*Timing when CL2 operating
Fig. 11.3 Timing of Read Access to Same Row Address
The above timing diagram shows that read access is made four times from CORAL to the same row address of SDRAM. The ACTV command is issued and then the READ command is issued after TRCD elapses. Then data that is output after the elapse of CL after the READ command is issued is captured into CORAL.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
307
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.3.2 Timing of read access to different row addresses
MCLKO MRAS
TRAS TRP
MCAS MWE MA ROW
TRCD
TRCD
COL
CL
ROW
COL
CL
MD DQM ROW: Row Address COL: Column Address DATA: READ DATA
DATA
DATA
TRAS: RAS Active Time TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time CL: CAS Latency
TRP: RAS Precharge Time *Timing when CL2 operating
Fig. 11.4 Timing of Read Access to Different Row Addresses
The above timing diagram shows that read access is made from CORAL to different row addresses of SDRAM. The first and next address to be read fall across an SDRAM page boundary, so the Pre-charge command is issued at the timing satisfying TRAS, and then after the elapse of TRP, the ACTV command is reissued, and then the READ command is issued.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
308
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.3.3 Timing of write access to same row address
MCLKO MRAS
MCAS MWE
TRCD
MA MD DQM
ROW
COL DATA
COL DATA
COL DATA
COL DATA
ROW: Row Address COL: Column Address DATA: READ DATA
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time
Fig. 11.5 Timing of Write Access to Same Row Address
The above timing diagram shows that write access is made form times form CORAL to the same row address of SDRAM. The ACTV command is issued, and then after the elapse of TRCD, the WRITE command is issued to write to SDRAM.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
309
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.3.4 Timing of write access to different row addresses
MCLKO
TRAS TRP
MRAS
TRCD
TRCD
MCAS MWE MA ROW COL ROW COL
MD DQM ROW: Row Address COL: Column Address DATA: READ DATA
DATA
DATA
TRAS: RAS Active Time TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time TRP: RAS Precharge Time
Fig. 11.6 Timing of Write Access to Different Row Addresses
The above timing diagram shows that write access is made from CORAL to different row addresses of SDRAM. The first and next address to be write fall across an SDRAM page boundary, so the Pre-charge command is issued at the timing satisfying TRAS, and then after the elapse of TRP, the ACTV command is reissued, and then the WRITE command is issued.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
310
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.3.5 Timing of read/write access to same row address
MCLKO MRAS
TRCD
MCAS MWE MA ROW COL
CL LOWD
COL
MD DQM ROW: Row Address COL: Column Address DATA: READ DATA TRAS: RAS Active Time TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time CL: CAS Latency
DATA
DATA
TRP: RAS Precharge Time LOWD: Last Output to Write Command Delay
Timing when CL2 operating
Fig. 11.7 Timing of Read/Write Access to Same Row Address
The above timing diagram shows that write access is made immediately after read access is made from CORAL to the same row address of SDRAM. Read data is output from SDRAM, LOWD elapses, and then the WRITE command is issued.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
311
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.3.6 Delay between ACTV commands
MCLKO TRRD MRAS
MCAS MWE MA ROW ROW
ROW: Row Address TRRD: RAS to RAS Bank Active Delay Time
Fig.11.8 Delay between ACTV Commands
The ACTV command is issued from CORAL to the row address of SDRAM after the elapse of TRRD after issuance of the previous ACTV command.
14.3.7 Delay between Refresh command and next ACTV command
MCLKO TRC MRAS
MCAS MWE MA ROW: Row Address TRC: RAS Cycle Time ROW
Fig. 11.9 Delay between Refresh Command and Next ACTV Command
The ACTV command is issued after the elapse of TRC after issuance of the Refresh command.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
312
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.4 Display Timing
14.4.1 Non-interlace mode
VTR+1 rasters VSP+1 rasters VDP+1 rasters Ri/Gi/Bi HSYNC VSYNC Assert Frame Interrupt Assert Vsync Interrupt VSW+1 rasters
Ri/Gi/Bi DISPE HSYNC Latency 13 clocks HDP+1 clocks HSP+1 clocks HTP+1 clocks
HSW+1 clocks
DCLKO Ri/Gi/Bi DISPE 0 1 2 n-2 n-1 n=HDP+1
Fig. 11.10 Non-interlace Timing
In the above diagram, VTR, HDP, etc., are the setting values of their associated registers. The VSYNC/frame interrupt is asserted when display of the last raster ends. When updating display parameters, synchronize with the frame interrupt so no display disturbance occurs. Calculation for the next frame is started immediately after the vertical synchronization pulse is asserted, so the parameters must be updated by the time that calculation is started. VSYNC is output 1 dot clock faster than HSYNC.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
313
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.4.2 Interlace video mode
VTR+1 rasters (odd field) VSP+1 rasters VDP+1 rasters Ri/Gi/Bi HSYNC VSYNC Assert Vsync Interrupt
VSW+1 rasters
Ri/Gi/Bi HSYNC VSYNC VDP+1 rasters VSP+1 rasters VTR+1 rasters (even field) Assert Frame Interrupt Assert Vsync Interrupt
VSW+1 rasters
Fig. 11.11 Interlace Video Timing
In the above diagram, VTR, HDP, etc., are the setting values of their associated registers. The interlace mode also operates at the same timing as the interlace video mode. The only difference between the two modes is the output image data.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
314
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
14.4.3 Composite synchronous signal
When the EEQ bit of the DCM register is "0", the CSYNC signal output waveform is as shown below.
even field CSYNC VSYNC odd field CSYNC VSYNC even field odd field
Fig 11.12 Composite Synchronous Signal without Equalizing Pulse
When the EEQ bit of the DCM register is "1", the equalizing pulse is inserted into the CSYNC signal, producing the waveform shown below.
even field CSYNC VSYNC odd field CSYNC VSYNC even field odd field
Fig 11.13 Composite Synchronous Signal with Equalizing Pulse
The equalizing pulse is inserted when the vertical blanking time period starts. It is also inserted three times after the vertical synchronization time period has elapsed.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
315
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
15.1 Introduction
The values in this chapter are valid for the final specification of MB86296.
15.2 Maximum Rating
Maximum Rating
Parameter
Power supply voltage Input voltage Output current Ambient for storage temperature
Symbol
VDDL *1 VDDH VI IO TST
Maximum rating
-0.5 < VDDL < 2.5 -0.5 < VDDH < 4.0 -0.5 < VI < VDDH+0.5 (<4.0) 13 -55 < TST < +125
Unit
V V mA
C
*1 Includes PLL power supply Semiconductor devices can be permanently damaged by application of stress (voltage, current, temperature, etc) in excess of absolute maximum ratings. Do not exceed these ratings. Do not directly connect output pins or bidirectional pins of IC products to each other or VDD or VSS to avoid the breakdown of the device. However direct connection of the output pins or bidirectional pins to each other is possible, if the output pins are designed to avoid a conflict in a timing. Because semiconductor devices are particularly susceptible to damaged by static electricity, you must take the measure like ground all fixtures and instruments. In CMOS ICs, a latch-up phenomenon is caused when an voltage exceeding Vcc or an voltage below Vss is applied to input or output pins or a voltage exceeding the rating is applied across Vcc and Vss. When a latch-up is caused, the power supply current may be dramatically increased causing resultant thermal break-down of devices. To avoid the latch-up, make sure that the voltage does not exceed the maximum rating.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
316
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.3 Recommended Operating Conditions
15.3.1 Recommended operating conditions
Recommended Operating Conditions
Parameter
Supply voltage Current consumption (on 1.8V) Current consumption (on 3.3V) Input voltage (High level) Input voltage (low level) Input voltage to VREF VRO External resistance AOUT External resistance*2 ACOMP External capacitance*3 Ambient temperature for operation
Symbol
VDDL *1 VDDH AVD I1.8V I3.3V VIH V IL VREF RREF RL CACOMP TA
Min.
1.65 3.0 2.7
Rating Typ.
1.8 3.3 3.3 500 100
Max.
1.95 3.6 3.6
Unit
V mA mA V V V K ohm ohm uF
C
2.0
-0.3
1.05
1.10 2.7 75 0.1
VDDH+0.3 0.8 1.15
-40
85
*1 *2 *3
Includes PLL power supply AOUTR, AOUTG, AOUTB pins ACOMPR, ACOMPG, ACOMPB pins
Recommended operating conditions are normal operating ranges for the semiconductor device. All the device's electrical characteristics are warranted when operated within these ranges. Always use semiconductor devices within the recommended operating conditions. Operation outside these ranges may adversely affect reliability and could result in device failure. No warranty is made with respect to uses, operating conditions, or combinations not represented on the manual. Users considering application outside the listed conditions are advised to contact their FUJITSU representative beforehand.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
317
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.3.2 Note at power-on
* * *
There is no restriction on the sequence of power-on/power-off between VDDL and VDDH. However, do not apply only VDDH for more than a few seconds. Do not input HSYNC, VSYNC, and EO signals when the power supply voltage is not applied. (See the input voltage item in Maximum rating.) There reset sequences is as follows: S is changed from "Low" to "High" levels and then XRST is changed from "Low" to "High" level:
VDDL VDDH PCLK S XRST More than 500ns 300s More than 10clk More than 10clk
Immediately after power-on, input the "Low" level to the S and XRST pins for 500 ns or more. After the S pin is set to "High" level, input the "Low" level to the XRST pins for 300 s or more continuously. The S and XRST pins are reset during "Low" level period. Immediately after power-on, input clock to the PCLK pin for 10 clk or more. The XRST is taken in synchronizing with the PCLK.
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
318
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.4 DC Characteristics
15.4.1 DC Characteristics of PCI Buffer
Symbol Vcc Vih Vil Vipu Iil Voh Vol Parameter Supply Voltage Input High Voltage Input Low Voltage Input Pull-up Voltage Input Leakage Current Output High Voltage Output Low Voltage Condition PCI Spec Min Max 3.0 3.6 0.5Vcc Vcc+0.5 -0.5 0.3Vcc 0.7Vcc +/ 10 0.9Vcc 0.1Vcc Unit V V V V uA V V
0Symbol Ioh
Parameter Switching Current High Switching Current Low
Condition 0 Vout 0.3Vcc 0.3Vcc Vout 0.9Vcc 0.7VccVout>0.6Vcc 0.6Vcc Vout 0.1Vcc 0.18Vcc Vout 0
PCI Spec Min Max Refer "V-I characteristics diagram" Refer "V-I characteristics diagram"
Unit A A A A A A
Iol
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
319
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
4 .0 3 .5 3 .0
Voltage(V) (V)
2 .5 2 .0 1 .5 1 .0 0 .5 0 .0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
B est C ondi on ti W orst C ondi on ti
C u rren t (m A )
Fig PCI Buffer VI Curve Pull Up
4 .0 3 .5 3 .0 2 .5 2 .0 1 .5 1 .0 0 .5 0 .0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Voltage (V)
W orst C ondi on ti B est C ondi on ti
C u rren t (m A )
Fig
PCI
Buffer VI Curve ( Pull Down )
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
320
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.4.2 DC Characteristics of other than PCI buffer
Measuring condition: VDDL = 1.8 0.15 V, VDDH = 3.3 0.3 V, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -40 - +85C
Parameter
Output voltage ("High" level) Output voltage ("Low" level) Output current ("High" level) Output current ("Low" level) AOUT Output current*2 Full Scale*3 Zero Scale AOUT Output Voltage Input leakage current Pin capacitance
*2
Symbol
VOH VOL --IAOUT
Condition
IOH=-100uA IOL=100uA VDDH=3.3V0.3V VDDH=3.3V0.3V VREF=1.1V, RREF=2.7k ohm VREF=1.1V, RREF=2.7k ohm RL=75 ohm
Min.
VDDH-0.2 0.0
Rating
Typ.
Max.
VDDH 0.2
Unit
V V mA mA
(*1) (*1) 9.38 0 0 10.42 2 11.48 20 0.7815
5
mA uA V A pF
VAOUT IL C
16
*1: Please refer "V-I characteristics diagram". L Type: Output characteristics of MD0-63, MDQM0-7 pins M Type: Output characteristics of pins other than signals indicated by L type and H type and PCI pins. H Type: Output characteristics of MCLKO pins *2: AOUTR, AOUTG, AOUTB pin *3: Full Scale Output Current = (VREF/RREF) * 25.575
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
321
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
V-I characteristics diagram
Condition MAX: Process=Slow, Ta=85C, VDD=3.6V
TYP: Process=Typical, Ta=25C, VDD=3.3V MIN: Process=Fast, Ta=-40C, VDD=3.0V
Fig. V-I characteristics L, M type
Condition MAX: Process=Slow, Ta=85C, VDD=3.6V
TYP: Process=Typical, Ta=25C, VDD=3.3V MIN: Process=Fast, Ta=-40C, VDD=3.0V
Fig. V-I characteristics H type
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
322
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.5 AC Characteristics
15.5.1 Host interface
PCI Interface
Parameter
PCI Clock Period PCI Clock Low Time PCI Clock High Time PCI Input Setup (bussed signals)
Signal
PCLK PCLK PCLK AD[31:0], C/BE[3:0], PAR, FRAME, IRDY, TRDY, STOP, IDSEL, DEVSEL, PERR GNT AD[31:0], C/BE[3:0], PAR, FRAME, IRDY, TRDY, STOP, IDSEL, DEVSEL, PERR, GNT AD[31:0], C/BE[3:0], PAR, FRAME, IRDY, TRDY, STOP, IDSEL, DEVSEL, PERR, SERR, REQ
Abbrev.
tPCLKP tPCLKL tPCLKH tPS
Min
30 11 11 7
Values Typ
Max
Units
ns ns ns ns
PCI Input Setup (pointto-point signals) PCI Input Hold
tPSP tPH
10 0
ns ns
PCI Output Delay
tPD
2
11
ns
PCI EEPROM Interface
Parameter
EEPROM Data Setup EEPROM Data Hold EEPROM Data Delay EEPROM Clock Period EEPROM Clock Low Time
Signal
EDI EDI EDO, ECK, ECS ECK ECK
Abbrev.
T EDS T EDH TEDD TECLKP TECLKL
Min
5 5 3 1000 500
Values Typ
Max
20
Units
ns ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
323
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
EEPROM Clock High Time ECK tECLKH 500 ns
Serial Interface
Parameter
Serial Strobe Delay Serial Data Data Serial Data Setup Serial Data Hold
Signal
SB EDO EDI EDI
Abbrev.
TSSD TSDD T SDS T SDH
Min
-
Values Typ
Max
-
Units
ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
324
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.5.2 I2C Interface
I2C bus timing
symbol TS2SDAI TH2SDAI TCSCLI TWHSCLI TWLSCLI TCSCLO TWHSCLO TWLSCLO TW2SCLI TH2SCLI TWBFI TS2SCLO TH2SCLO TH2SDAO SDA(I) setup time SCL(I) hold time SCL(I) cycle time SCL(I) H period SCL(I) L period SCL(O) cycle time SCL(O) H period SCL(O) L period SCL(I) setup time SCL(I) hold time bus free time SCL(O) set up time SCL(O) hold time SDA(O) hold time standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed standard hirh-speed standard high-speed standard high-speed MIN 250 100 0 0 10.0 2.5 4.0 0.6 4.7 1.3 2*m+2(*2) int(1.5*m)+2(*2) m+2(*2) int(0.5*m)+2(*2) m(*2) m(*2) 4.0 0.6 4.7 1.3 4.7 1.3 m+2(*2) int(0.5*m)+2(*2) m-2(*2) int(0.5*m)-2(*2) 5 MAX unit ns ns ns ns us us us us us us PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1 us us us us us us PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1 PCLK*1
*1 PCLK is an internal clock of I2C module. (16.6MHz) *2 Refer to the clock control register (CCR) for the value of m.
Timing of interrupt
symbol TPHINTR TPHINTR XINT delay (bus error) XINT delay (except bus error)
MIN
MAX 4 4
unit PCLK PCLK
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
325
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
326
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.5.3 Video interface
Clock
Parameter
CLK Frequency CLK H-width CLK L-width DCLKI Frequency DCLKI H-width DCLKI L-width DCLKO frequency
Symbol
fCLK tHCLK tLCLK fDCLKI tHDCLKI tLDCLKI fDCLKO
Condition
Min.
25 25
Rating Typ.
14.318
Max.
Unit
MHz ns ns MHz ns ns MHz
67 5 5 67
Input signals
Parameter
HSYNC Input pulse width HSYNC Input setup time HSYNC Input hold time VSYNC Input pulse width
Symbol
tWHSYNC0 tWHSYNC1 tSHSYNC tHHSYNC tWHSYNC1
Condition
*1 *2 *2 *2
Min.
3 3 10 10 1
Rating Typ.
Max.
Unit
clock clock ns ns
HSYNC 1 cycle
*1 *2
Applied only in PLL synchronization mode (CKS = 0), reference clock output from internal PLL (cycle = 1/14*fCLK) Applied only in DCLKI synchronization mode (CKS = 1), reference clock = DCLKI
Rating Typ.
Output signals
Parameter
RGB Output delay time DISPE Output delay time HSYNC Output delay time VSYNC Output delay time CSYNC Output delay time GV Output delay time
Symbol
TRGB tDEO tDHSYNC tDVSYNC tDCSYNC tDGV
Condition
Min.
2 2 2 2 2 2
Max.
11 10 10 10 10 10
Unit
ns ns ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
327
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.5.4 Video capture interface
clock
parameter
CCLK (RGBCLK) frequency CCLK (RGBCLK) H dth -wi CCLK (RGBCLK) L-width
Symbol Condition
fCCLK tHCCLKI tLCCLKI
Min.
5 5
Rating Typ.
27
Max.
80
Unit
MHz ns ns
Input signals
parameter
VI setup time VI hold time HSYNCI setup time HSYNCI hold time VSYNCI setup time VSYNCI hold time RI setup time RI hold time GI setup time GI hold time BI setup time BI hold time
Symbol
tSVI tHVI tSHSI tHHSI tSVSI tHVSI tSRI tHRI tSGI tHGI tSBI tHBI
Condition
Min.
6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 6 2
Rating Typ.
Max.
Unit
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
328
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.5.5 Graphics memory interface
An assumed external capacitance Parameter
Min Board pattern SDRAM (CLK) SDRAM (D) SDRAM (A, DQM) 5.0 2.5 4.0 2.5
An assumed external capacitance
Typ Max 15.0 4.0 6.5 5.0
Unit
pF pF pF pF
Clock
Parameter Symbol Condition Min. Rating Typ. Max. Unit
MCLKO Frequency fMCLKO *1 MHz MCLKO H width tHMCLKO 1.0 ns MCLKO L-width tLMCLKO 1.0 ns MCLKI Frequency fMCLKI *1 MHz MCLKI H-width tHMCLKI 1.0 ns MCLKI L-width tLMCLKI 1.0 ns *1 For the bus-asynchronous mode, the frequency is 1/3 of the oscillation frequency of the internal PLL. For the bus-synchronous mode, the frequency is the same as the frequency of BCLKI.
Input signals
Parameter Symbol
tMDIDS tMDIDH
Condition
*2 *2
MD Input data setup time MD Input data hold time *2 It means against MCLKI.
Min.
2.0 0.7
Rating Typ.
Max.
Unit
ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
329
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL There are some cases regarding AC specifications of output signals. The following tables shows typical twelve cases of external SDRFAM capacitance. (1) External SDRAM capacitance case 1 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x1 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 9.8pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF, Board pattern 5pF) 7.5pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF, Board pattern 5pF) 9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.1 1.1
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
4.2 5.0 5.4 5.4
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(2) External SDRAM capacitance case 2 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x1 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 24.8pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF, Board pattern 15pF) 20.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF, Board pattern 15pF) 21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.2 1.2
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.5 5.2 5.5 5.5
Unit
ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
330
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL (3) External SDRAM capacitance case 3 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x2 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 12.3pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF x2, Board pattern 5pF) 10.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF x2, Board pattern 5pF) 9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.1 1.1
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
4.1 5.0 5.2 5.2
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(4) External SDRAM capacitance case 4 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x2 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 28.8pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF x2, Board pattern 15pF) 25.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF x2, Board pattern 15pF) 21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.1 1.1 1.1
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.4 5.4 5.5 5.5
Unit
ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
331
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL (5) External SDRAM capacitance case 5 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x4 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 17.3pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF x4, Board pattern 5pF) 15.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF x4, Board pattern 5pF) 9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.9 5.2 5.0 5.0
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(6) External SDRAM capacitance case 6 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x4 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 36.8pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF x4, Board pattern 15pF) 35.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF x4, Board pattern 15pF) 21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.2 1.0 1.0
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.4 5.7 5.3 5.3
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(7) External SDRAM capacitance case 7 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x1 Total capacitance
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1 332
Unit
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 10.0pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF, Board pattern 5pF) 7.5pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF, Board pattern 5pF) 9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF) pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.1 1.1
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
4.2 5.0 5.4 5.4
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(8) External SDRAM capacitance case 8 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x1 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 25.0pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF, Board pattern 15pF) 20.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF, Board pattern 15pF) 21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.2 1.2
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.5 5.2 5.5 5.5
Unit
ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
333
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL (9) External SDRAM capacitance case 9 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x2 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 12.5pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF x2, Board pattern 5pF) 10.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF x2, Board pattern 5pF) 9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.1 1.1
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
4.1 5.0 5.2 5.2
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(10) External SDRAM capacitance case 10 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x2 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 29pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF x2, Board pattern 15pF) 25.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF x2, Board pattern 15pF) 21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.1 1.1 1.1
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.4 5.4 5.5 5.5
Unit
ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
334
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL (11) External SDRAM capacitance case 11 External SDRAM capacitance Total capacitance SDRAM x4
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 17.5pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF x4, Board pattern 5pF) 15.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF x4, Board pattern 5pF) 9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.9 5.2 5.0 5.0
Unit
ns ns ns ns
(12) External SDRAM capacitance case 12 External SDRAM capacitance SDRAM x4 Total capacitance
MCLKO MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE MD,DQM 37.0pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF x4, Board pattern 15pF) 35.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF x4, Board pattern 15pF) 21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
Unit
pF pF pF
Output signals
Parameter Symbol
tDID tMAD tMDQMD tMDOD
Condition
MCLKI signal delay time against MCLKO MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE Access time MDQM Access time MD Output access time
Min.
0 1.2 1.0 1.0
Rating *1 Typ. Max.
3.4 5.7 5.3 5.3
Unit
ns ns ns ns
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
335
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.5.6 PLL specifications
Parameter
Input frequency (typ.) Output frequency Duty ratio Jitter
Rating
14.31818 MHz 400.9090 MHz 101.6 to 93.0% 60 to -60 ps
x 28
Description
H/L Pulse width ratio of PLL output Frequency tolerant of two consecutive clock cycles
CLKSEL1
L L H L H L
CLKSEL0
Input frequency
13.5 MHz 14.32 MHz 17.73 Hz
Assured operation range (*1)
13.365 to 13.5 MHz 14.177 to 14.32 MHz 17.553 to 17.73 MHz
*1
Assured operation input frequency range: Standard value -1%
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
336
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.6 AC Characteristics Measuring Conditions
tr tf
80 %
Input
20 %
i IH+VIL j V /2
80 % 20 %
tpHL
tpLH
Output
VDD/2 VDD/2
tpZL
tpLZ
Output enabled
VDD/2
0.5 V tpHZ 0.5 V
tpZH
Output disabled
VDD/2
Tr, tf 5 ns VIH=2.0 V, VIL = 0.8V (3.3-V CMOS interface input)
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
337
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.7 Timing Diagram
15.7.1 Host interface
Clock
1/fPCLK tHPCLK PCLK tLPCLK
XINT output delay times
PCLK
XINT (output)
tINTD
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
338
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.7.2 Video interface
Clock
1/fCLK tHCLK CLK VIH VIL tLCLK
HSYNC signal setup/hold
1/fDCLKI tHDCLKI tLDCLKI DCLKI
HSYNC (input) tSHSYN tHHSYN
Output signal delay
DCLKO DR7-2, DG7-2 DB7-2 MD63-58* HSYNC (output) VSYNC (output) CSYNC, DE GV *Valid if XRGBEN = 0
tRGB , tDEO, tDHSYNC, tDVSYNC, tDCSYNC, tDGV
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
339
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.7.3 Video capture interface
clock
1/fCCLK tHCCLK CCLK (RGBCLK) tLCCLK
Video input
CCLK RG BCLK VI RIG IBI ,, VSYNCI HSYNCI tSVI tSRI tSVSI tSG I tSHSI tSBI tHVI tHRI tHVSI tHG I tHHSI tHBI
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
340
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL
15.7.4 Graphics memory interface
Clock
1/fMCLKO, 1/fMCLKI tHMCLKO, tHMCLKI tLMCLKO, tLMCLKI MCLKO, MCLKI
Input signal setup/hold time
MCLKI
MD tMDIDS
Input data tMDIDH
MCLKI signal delay
MCLKO
MCLKI
tOID
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
341
FUJITSU LIMITED PRELIMINARY AND CONFIDENTIAL Output signal delay
MCLKO
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE, MD, MDQM tMAD, tMDOD, tMDQMD
MB86296S Specification Manual Rev0.1
342


▲Up To Search▲   

 
Price & Availability of MB86296

All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022  

[Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy]
Mirror Sites :  [www.datasheet.hk]   [www.maxim4u.com]  [www.ic-on-line.cn] [www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net] [www.alldatasheet.com.cn] [www.gdcy.com]  [www.gdcy.net]


 . . . . .
  We use cookies to deliver the best possible web experience and assist with our advertising efforts. By continuing to use this site, you consent to the use of cookies. For more information on cookies, please take a look at our Privacy Policy. X